Arabic-English Lexicon by Edward William Lane (d. 1876) المعجم العربي الإنجليزي لإدوارد وليام لين

Search results for: عشي in Arabic-English Lexicon by Edward William Lane (d. 1876) المعجم العربي الإنجليزي لإدوارد وليام لين

عشو

Entries on عشو in 10 Arabic dictionaries by the authors Al-Zamakhsharī, Asās al-Balāgha, Arabic-English Lexicon by Edward William Lane, Al-Khalīl b. Aḥmad al-Farāhīdī, Kitāb al-ʿAin, and 7 more

عشو

1 عَشَا, (TA, and so accord. to some copies of the K,) first Pers\. عَشَوْتُ, (S,) aor. ـْ (TA,) inf. n. عَشْوٌ and عُشُوٌّ; (KL;) as also عَشِىَ, like رَضِىَ [i. e. having for its aor. ـْ but the inf. n. is app. عَشًا, as in the similar sense expl. in the next sentence]; (TA, and so in my MS. copy of the K;) i. q. ↓ تعشّى, (S, K, TA,) [which is more commonly used than either of preceding verbs, and] which signifies He ate the [eveningmeal, or evening-repast, or supper, i. e. what is called the] عَشَآء. (Msb, K, TA.) And عَشِيَــتِ الإِبِلُ, (ISk, S, K, TA,) aor. ـْ inf. n. عَشًا, (ISk, S, TA,) i. q. ↓ تَعَشَّت [i. e. The camels ate the evening-pasture, or evening-feed, called the عَشَآء]. (ISk, S, K, TA.) b2: And عَشَاهُ, (K,) first Pers\.

عَشَوْتُهُ, (S, Msb,) aor. ـْ (S, TA,) inf. n. عَشْوٌ; (K, TA;) and inf. n. عَشْىٌ also, (TA, and thus in some copies of the K,) thus correctly, as in the M, عشيــانًا in [some of] the copies of the K being a mistake for عَشْيًــا, the aor. being also يَــعْشِيــهِ; (TA;) i. q. ↓ عشّاهُ, (S, Msb, K, TA,) [which is more commonly used than either of the preceding verbs,] inf. n. تَــعْشِيَــةٌ, (S,) i. e. He fed him (namely, a man, Msb, or a horse, or a camel, (S) with the [evening-meal, or supper, or the evening-pasture or evening-feed, i. e. what is called the] عَشَآء; (S, Msb, K;) as also ↓ اعشاهُ: (K:) and عَشَا الإِبِلَ, (K, TA,) like دَعَا [i. e. having for its aor. ـْ (TA;) and ↓ عشّاها; He pastured the camels by night. (K, TA.) A2: عَشَوْتُهُ also signifies I repaired, or betook myself, to, or towards, him, or it, by night: and hence ↓ عَاشٍ is applied to any one repairing, or betaking himself, to or towards [an object]. (S.) b2: And عَشَوْتُ إِلَى النَّارِ, aor. ـْ inf. n. عَشْوٌ, I sought to be directed, or guided, or I directed, or guided, myself, by weak eyesight, to the fire: (S:) or I looked at the fire, or endeavoured to see it, and repaired, or betook myself, to it, or towards it; and I saw it, or looked towards it trying whether I could see it, and sought to be directed, or guided, to it by its light: (Har p. 535:) El-Hotei-ah says, مَتَى تأْتِهِ تَعْشُو إِلَى ضَوْءِ نَارِهِ تَجِدْ خَيْرَ نَارٍ عِنْدَهَا خَيْرُ مُوقِدِ [When thou comest to him, looking with blinking eyes towards the light of his fire and seeking to be guided by it thereto, thou findest the best fire, and at it is the best kindler]; meaning مَتَى تَأْتِهِ عَاشِيًا; using the marfooa verb between two verbs whereof each is mejzoom because the verb in the future tense when it occurs in the place of a denotative of state is marfooa: (S:) or عَشَا النَّارَ and إِلَى

النَّارِ, inf. n. عَشْوٌ and عُشُوٌّ; as also النَّارَ ↓ اعتشى and بِالنَّارِ; signifies he saw the fire by night from afar, and repaired, or betook himself, to it, or towards it, seeking to light himself thereby, (K, TA,) and hoping to obtain thereby guidance and good. (TA.) b3: And عَشَا عَنِ النَّارِ He turned away and went from the light of the fire. (TA.) b4: and عَشَوْتُ عَنْهُ I went, or turned, from him, or it, to another: whence, it is said, the saying in the Kur [xlii. 35], وَمَنْ يَعْشُ عَنْ ذِكْرِ الرَّحْمٰنِ [and such as turns from the admonition of the Compassionate]. (S. See another explanation of this saying in what follows.) [This and other meanings expl. below are app. from what here next follows.] b5: عَشِىَ, aor. ـْ (S, Msb, K,) dual يَــعْشَيَــانِ, not يَعْشَوَانِ, (S,) inf. n. عَشًا, (S, Msb, K,) He was, or became, weak-sighted: (Msb:) or he did not see by night, but saw by day: (S:) or he had bad sight by night and by day: or he was, or became, blind: [said of a man, and of a beast of the equine kind, and of a camel, and of a bird: (see عَشًا, below:)] and عَشَا, aor. ـْ signifies the same: (K:) or the two verbs differ in meaning; so as that وَمَنْ يَعْشَ عَنْ ذِكْرِ الرَّحْمٰنِ, in the Kur xliii. 35, thus read by some, means (assumed tropical:) and such as is blind to the admonition of the Compassionate, i. e., to the Kur-án; but مَنْ يَعْشُ, as others read, (assumed tropical:) such as feigns himself blind: (Ksh and Bd: *) [see also 6: and see another explanation of the latter reading, above: or] عَشَا signifies also he (a man, TA) did as does the أَعْشَى [q. v.]. (K, TA.) One says also, عشى مِنَ الشَّىْءِ, aor. ـو [thus in my original, but the pret. is app. عَشِىَ, and the aor. ـْ meaning He lacked strength of sight to perceive the thing. (TA.) And عَشِىَ عَنْ حَقِّهِ like عَمِىَ in measure and in meaning [i. e. (assumed tropical:) He was, or became, blind to his right, or due]. (TA.) And لَا يَعْشَى إِلَّا بَعْدَ مَا يَعْشُو is one of their sayings, meaning [app. He will not become weak-sighted except] after his eating the [eveningmeal called the] عَشَآء: (TA:) [for it is said that] the eating of food in the night occasions weakness of sight more than [do] other things. (Har p. 52.

[العشآء is there written in one instance for العَشَا.]) b6: عَشِىَ عَلَيْهِ, inf. n. عَشًا, means He wronged him; treated him wrongfully, injuriously, unjustly, or tyrannically: (K, TA:) mentioned by ISd. (TA.) 2 عَشَّوَ see 1, former half, in two places. One says, عَشِّ وَلَا تَغْتَرَّ, (Meyd, TA,) or عَشِّ إِبِلَكَ وَلَا تَغْتَرَّ [a prov., meaning Pasture thy camels by night, and be not negligent, or be not made to desire what is vain, or false]. (S. [See Freytag's Arab. Prov., ii. 92.]) And عَشَّيْــتُ الإِبِلَ عَنِ الوِرْدِ I pastured the camels with the [evening-pasture called]

عَشَآء, so that they might come to the water having satisfied themselves with food: and in like manner one says, ضَحَّيْتُهَا عَنْهُ. (A and TA in art. ضحو and ضحى.) And عَشِّ رُوَيْدًا Pasture thou the camels in the evening (عَشِيًّــا) gently: and in like manner one says, ضَحِّ رُوَيْدًا. (A, TA.) and hence, عشّى عَنِ الأَمْرِ (inf. n. تَــعْشِيَــةٌ, K) (tropical:) He acted gently, or deliberately, in the affair: (A and TA in art. ضحو and ضحى, and S * and K * in the present art.:) and in like manner, ضَحَّى

عَنْهُ. (A and TA in the former art., and S * in the present art.) A2: See also the next paragraph. [Hence,] عشّى الطَّيْرَ, inf. n. تَــعْشِيَــةٌ, He kindled a fire for the birds in order that they might become dim-sighted (لِتَعْشَى) and consequently be captured. (M, K.) 4 أَعْشَوَ see 1, former half. b2: [Hence, app.,] اعشى also signifies (assumed tropical:) He gave. (K.) A2: And اعشاهُ He (God) rendered him أَعْشَى [i. e. weak-sighted, &c.: and in like manner one says ↓ عشّاهُ: see 2, last sentence; and see also Har p. 52].5 تَعَشَّوَ see 1, first quarter, in two places. One says also, تعشّى بِهِ He fed himself with it [in the evening, or] in the time called the عِشَآء: and [in like manner] تَتَعَشَّاهُ is said of camels [as meaning they feed themselves with it, or pasture upon it, in the evening]. (TA.) And when one says to thee, تَعَشَّ [Eat thou the evening-meal], thou sayest, مَا بِى تَعَشٍّ, (S,) or مَا بِى مِنْ تَعَشٍّ, (TA,) [I have no desire for eating the evening-meal; see 5 in art. غدو;] and not مَا بِى عَشَآءٌ, (S,) or not ما بي مِنْ عَشَآءٍ (TA.) A2: See also 6.

A3: And تعشّاهُ signifies also He gave him an عِشْوَة [or عُشْوَة, i. e. a firebrand]. (TA.) 6 تعاشى He feigned himself أَعْشَى [i. e. weaksighted, &c.; and so ↓ تعشّى as used by Bd in xliii.

35]. (S, TA.) b2: And [hence] (tropical:) He feigned himself ignorant, (K, TA,) عَنْ كَذَا [of such a thing], as though he did not see it; like تَعَامَى. (TA.) 8 اعتشى He journeyed in the time of the عِشَآء

[or nightfall]: (K, TA:) like اهتجر meaning “ he journeyed in the time of the هَاجِرَة. ” (TA.) A2: See also 1, latter half.10 استعشاهُ He found him to be deviating from the right course, or acting wrongfully, injuriously, unjustly, or tyrannically, (وَجَدَهُ جَائِرًا, K, TA, in some copies of the K حَائِرًا,) فِى حَقِّ أَصْحَابِهِ [in respect of the right, or due, of his companions]. (TA.) A2: And استعشى نَارًا He guided himself by means of a fire. (K.) عِشْوٌ A bowl (قَدَح) of milk which is drunk at the time when the sheep, or goats, return from the pasture in the evening or afternoon, or after that time. (K.) عِشْىٌ: see عَشَآءٌ.

عَشًا inf. n. of عَشِىَ: (S, Msb, K:) [used as a simple subst., Weakness of sight: or sightlessness by night with ability to see by day: or] badness of sight by night and by day; as also ↓ عَشَاوَةٌ: (K:) it is in human beings, and beasts of the equine kind (دَوَابّ), and camels, and birds; as is said in the M: (TA:) or it is darkness that happens to the eye: (Er-Rághib, TA:) or blindness; (K, TA;) i. e. absolute destitution of sight. (TA.) عَشٍ applied to a he-camel, and عَشِيَــةٌ applied to a she-camel, That exceeds the other camels in the [evening-pasture, or evening-feed, called] عَشَآء; each after the manner of the possessive epithet, having no verb. (TA. [And عَشِىٌّ is said to have a similar meaning.]) A2: See also أَعْشَى.

عَشْوَةٌ Darkness, (K, TA,) in [any part of] the night and in the سَحَر [or period a little before daybreak]; (TA;) as also ↓ عَشْوَآءُ: (K:) or the first of the darkness of the night: (Az, TA:) or the period between the beginning and [the end of] the [first] quarter of the night: (Az, S, K:) thus in the saying, مَضَى مِنَ اللَّيْلِ عَشْوَةٌ [A period between the beginning &c. of the night passed]: and one says also, أَخَذْتُ عَلَيْهِمْ بِالعَشْوَةِ, meaning [I laid hold upon them] in the blackness of night: (Az, S:) the dim. is ↓ عُشَيَّــةٌ. (Az, TA.) In the saying جَآءَ عَشْوَةَ, meaning عِشَآءً [i. e. He came at nightfall], it [is an adv. n. which] may not be used otherwise than thus: you may not say, مَضَتْ عَشْوَةُ. (TA.) b2: العشوة [app. العَشْوَةُ] as meaning العَشَآءُ, like الغدوة [app. الغَدْوَةُ] as meaning الغَدَآءُ, is vulgar. (TA.) A2: Also The venturing upon, or embarking in, an affair that is not clear; as also ↓ عِشْوَةٌ and ↓ عُشْوَةٌ: (S, K:) one says, أَوْطَأْتَنِى عَشْوَةً and عِشْوَةً and عُشْوَةً, meaning [Thou hast made me to venture upon, or embark in,] a confused and dubious affair: this is when you tell him of a thing by means of which you have made him to fall into perplexity or trial. (S.) b2: خَبَّاطُ عَشَوَاتٍ, occurring in a trad., see expl. in art. خبط.

عُشْوَةٌ: see عَشْوَةٌ.

A2: Also, (S, K, TA,) and ↓ عِشْوَةٌ, (K, TA,) A fire which one sees by night from afar, and to which, or towards which, he repairs, or betakes himself, seeking to light himself thereby: (K, TA:) or (TA) a firebrand (شُعْلَةٌ مِنْ نَارٍ). (S, TA.) عِشْوَةٌ: see عَشْوَةٌ: A2: and see also عُشْوَةٌ.

عَشْوَى A state of perplexity, and of having little guidance: so in the saying, إِنَّهُمْ لَفِى عَشْوَى أَمْرِهِمْ [or, perhaps, مِنْ أَمْرِهِمْ, i. e. Verily they are in a state of perplexity, &c., in respect of their case, or affair]. (TA.) عَشَوِىٌّ Of, or relating to, the [time called]

عَشِيَّــة [or عَشِىّ, q. v.]. (S.) عُشْوَانٌ A species of dates: (IDrd, K, TA:) or of palm-tress, (K, TA,) of such as are late in bearing. (TA.) عَشْيَــانُ, (S, K, TA,) originally عَشْوَانُ, like غَدْيَانُ [q. v.] which is originally غَدْوَانُ, (TA,) A man (S) eating the [evening-meal, or eveningrepast, i. e. what is called the] عَشَآء; (S, K, TA;) as also ↓ عَاشٍ. (TA.) عَشَآءٌ The meal, or repast, (S, Msb, K,) of the عِشَآء [or nightfall], (S, * Msb,) or of the عَشِىّ [or late part of the evening, &c.]; (S, * K, TA;) [i. e. supper, in a general sense;] opposed to غَدَآءٌ; (S;) as also ↓ عِشْىٌ: (K: [in the CK, العِشٰى is erroneously put for العِشْىُ:]) and in like manner both are used in relation to camels [as meaning their evening-pasture, or evening-feed: see an ex. voce عَتَمَةٌ, and another voce أَقْعَسُ]: (S, TA:) pl. of the former أَــعْشِيَــةٌ; (K, TA;) to which is added, in [some of] the copies of the K, and عُشِىٌّ; but this is correctly عَشِىَ, [or عَشَا, as in some copies,] and commences another sentence. (TA.) عِشَآءٌ [The time of nightfall; i. e.] the first, or beginning, of the darkness (Msb, K) of night: (Msb:) [this is the sense in which it is generally used, and always when it is used as applied to one of the five times of the divinely-appointed acts of prayer; صَلَاةُ العِشَآءِ, and elliptically العِشَآءُ alone, meaning the prayer of nightfall:] or it is [the time] when the sun has disappeared: (Az, TA:) or [the time] from sunset (K) [i. e.] from the prayer of sunset (Msb, TA) to the عَتَمَة [or darkness after nightfall]; (Msb, K, TA;) [and this is what is meant by its being said that it is] syn. with عَشِىٌّ: (S:) or [the time] from the زَوَال [meaning the declining of the sun from the meridian] to the rising of the dawn: (S, K:) so some assert, and they cite, as an ex., غَدَوْنَا غُدْوَةً سَحَرًا بِلَيْلٍ

عِشَآءً بَعْدَ مَا انْتَصَفَ النَّهَارُ [We went early in the morning, a little before daybreak, in a period between the declining of the sun from the meridian and the rising of the dawn, after the daytime had become halved]: (S, TA:) [sometimes] the Arabs said, أَقْبَلَتِ العِشَآءُ, meaning الــعَشِيَّــةُ; and هٰذَا الــعَشِيَّــةُ, meaning العِشَآءُ. (Msb voce صَوْتٌ.) العِشَاآنِ means The time of sunset and the عَتَمَة [or darkness after nightfall]: (IF, S, Msb, K: [compare הָעַרְבַּיִם in Exodus xii. 6 and xvi. 12:]) this is accord. to the saying that the عِشَآء is from the prayer of sunset to the عَتَمَة. (TA.) عَشَاوَةٌ: see عَشًا.

عَشِىٌّ [The late part of the evening: or the evening: or the afternoon: i. e.] the last, or the latter, part of the day; (Mgh, Msb, K, TA;) as also ↓ عَشِيَّــةٌ: (K, TA:) this is the meaning commonly known: (Mgh:) or [the time] from the prayer of sunset to the عَتَمَة [or darkness after nightfall]; (S, Msb, TA;) like عِشَآءٌ; (Msb;) and so ↓ عَشِيَّــةٌ: you say, أَتَيْتُهُ عَشِىَّ أَمْسِ and أَمْسِ ↓ عَشِيَّــةَ [I came to him late in the evening, or in the time between sunset and nightfall, &c., of yesterday]: (S, TA:) or عَشِىٌّ has the meaning expl. in the K [and mentioned above]; but ↓ عَشِيَّــةٌ relates to one day: and one says, جِئْتُهُ عَشِيَّــةً [I came to him late in an evening, &c.] and عَشِيَّــةَ [late this evening, &c.], and أَتَيْتُهُ الــعَشِيَّــةَ I came to him in the عشيّــة [or late part of the evening, &c.,] of this day; and آتِيهِ عَشِىَّ غَدٍ [I will come to him in the late part of the evening, &c., of to-morrow (in my original اتيته, an obvious mistranscription,)] without ة when relating to the future; and أَتَيْتُكَ عَشِيًّــا [I came to thee in the late part of an evening, &c.]; and أَتَيْتُهُ بِالغَدَاةِ وَالعَشِىِّ i. e. [I came to him early in the morning and late in the evening, &c., meaning,] every عَشِيَّــة [or عَشِىّ] and غَدَاة: (TA:) or, as some say, ↓ عَشِيَّــةٌ is a sing. [or n. un.] and عَشِىٌّ is its pl. [or a coll. gen. n.]: and, as IAmb says, sometimes the Arabs make ↓ عَشِيَّــةٌ masc., as meaning عَشِىٌّ: (Msb:) or عَشِىٌّ signifies the time between the declining of the sun [from the meridian] and sunset: (Az, Mgh, Msb, TA:) or [the time] from the declining of the sun [from the meridian] to the صَبَاح [app. here, as generally, meaning morning]: (Er-Rághib, Msb, TA:) and sometimes it means the night: (TA:) the pl. is عَشَايَا and عَشِيَّــاتٌ, (K, TA,) the former of which [is pl. of ↓ عَشِيَّــةٌ, like the latter, or perhaps of عَشِىٌّ also, and] is originally عَشَايِوُ, then عَشَايِىُ, then عَشَائِىُ, then عَشَاءَى, and then عَشَايَا: (TA:) the dim, of عَشِىٌّ is ↓ عُشَيَّــانٌ, irreg., as though formed from عَشْيَــانٌ, and its pl. is عُشَيَّــانَاتٌ; and another form of its dim. is ↓ عُشَيْــشِيَانٌ, pl. عُشَيْــشِيَانَاتٌ: and the dim. of ↓ عَشِيَّــةٌ is ↓ عُشَيْــشِيَةٌ, pl. عُشَيْــشِيَاتٌ: (S, TA:) one says, ↓ لَقِيتُهُ عُشَيْــشَةً

[another form of dim., properly meaning I met him in a short period of a late part of an evening, &c.], and [in like manner] ↓ عُشَيْــشَانًا, and ↓ عُشَيَّــانًا [in some copies of the K عشّانا], and ↓ عُشَيْــشِيَةً

[accord. to the Mgh meaning عِشَآءً], and عُشَيْــشَاتٍ, and عُشَيْــشِيَانَاتٍ. (K.) صَلَاتَا العَشِىِّ [The two prayers of the afternoon] means the two prayers of the ظُهْر and the عَصْر; (Az, Mgh, Msb, K;) because they are in the latter part of the day (فِى آخِرِ النَّهَارِ), after the زَوَال [or declining of the sun from the meridian]. (TA.) In the phrase أَوْضُحَاهَا ↓ عَشِيَّــةً [i. e. A late part of an evening, &c., or its early portion of the forenoon, meaning or an early portion of the forenoon of the same civil day], in the Kur lxxix. last verse, the ضحى is prefixed to [the pronoun referring to] the عشيّــة because the ضحى and the عشيّــة belong to the same [civil] day, [for this day is reckoned as the period from sunset to sunset,] (Ksh Bd, Jel, *) and also [by a kind of poetic license, for the sake of the rhyme, i. e.] because ضحاها occurs as a فَاصِلَة [q. v.]. (Jel.) b2: عَشِىٌّ also signifies, (K, TA,) and so does ↓ عَشِيَّــةٌ, (K,) Clouds (K, TA) coming late in the evening or at eventide (عَشِيًّــا). (TA.) b3: And the former, as an epithet applied to a camel, That continues long eating the عَشَآء

[i. e. evening-pasture, or evening-feed]: fem. with ة. (K. [See also عَشٍ.]) عَشِيَّــةٌ: see عَشِىٌّ, in ten places.

عُشَيَّــةٌ dim. of عَشْوَةٌ, q. v.

عُشَيَّــانٌ, pl. عُشَيَّــانَاتٌ: see عَشِىٌّ, in two places.

عُشَيْــشَةٌ and عُشَيْــشِيَةٌ, pls. عُشَيْــشَاتٌ and عُشَيْــشِيَاتٌ: see عَشِىٌّ; the latter in two places.

عُشَيْــشَانٌ and عُشَيْــشِيَانٌ, pl., of the latter عُشَيْــشِيَانَاتٌ: see عَشِىٌّ.

عَاشٍ: see عَشْيَــانُ. The fem., عَاشِيَةٌ, applied to camels, means Eating the [evening-pasture, or evening-feed, called the] عَشَآء. (ISk, S, K.) It is said in a prov., العَاشِيَةُ تَهِيجُ الآبِيَةَ [Such as are eating the عشآء excite such as desire not, or refuse; or she that is eating &c.]: i. e., when the camels that desire not, or refuse, the عشآء see those that are eating it, they follow them, and eat it with them. (S. [See also Freytag's Arab. Prov. ii. 83.]) And [the pl.] العَوَاشِى, (S, K, TA,) [when indeterminate, عَوَاشٍ,] as an epithet in which the quality of a subst. predominates, (TA.) signifies Those (S, K, TA) camels, and sheep or goats, (K, TA,) that are pasturing by night. (S, K, TA.) b2: See also 1, former half. b3: [Hence,] عَاشِيَةٌ signifies also Anything [meaning any man or animal] looking and repairing, by night, towards the fire of a person who entertains guests. (TA.) أَعْشَى Weak-sighted: (Msb:) or sightless by night, but seeing by day: (S:) or having bad sight by night and by day: and so ↓ عَش: (K:) fem. عَشْوَآءُ, (S, Msb, K,) applied to a woman; (S, Msb;) [the masc. being applied to a man, and either masc. or fem. to a beast of the equine kind, and a camel, and a bird, (see عَشًا,)] and dual masc. أَــعْشَيَــانِ (TA) and fem. عَشْوَاوَانِ: (S, TA:) [and pl. عُشْىٌ.] b2: The fem. عَشْوَآءُ also particularly signifies. A she-camel that sees not before her, (S, K, TA,) [or that has weak sight,] and therefore strikes everything with her fore feet, (S, TA,) not paying attention to the places of her feet [on the ground]. (TA.) [Hence] one says, رَكِبَ فُلَانٌ العَشْوَآءَ, meaning (tropical:) Such a one prosecuted his affair without mental perception, or without certainty. (S, TA.) And خَبَطَهُ خَبْطَ عَشْوَآءَ (K, TA) (tropical:) He did it [at random, or] without aim; thus accord. to the M: (TA:) or be ventured upon it without mental perception, and without certainty: (K, * TA:) or, as some say, he took it upon himself without his endeavouring to ascertain the right course; the doing of which is sometimes, or often, attended with error: it is a prov., applied to him who goes at random and does not care for the result of his conduct. (TA. [See also 1 in art. خبط.]) b3: And عُقَابٌ عَشْوَآءُ An eagle that cares not how it beats the ground, and where it strikes with its talons. (TA.) b4: See also the fem. voce عَشْوَةٌ.

مُتَعَشًّى A place in which one eats the eveningmeal, or supper.] Quasi عشى عِشْىٌ: and عَشِىٌّ, &c.: see in art. عشو.

عشر

Entries on عشر in 18 Arabic dictionaries by the authors Murtaḍa al-Zabīdī, Tāj al-ʿArūs fī Jawāhir al-Qamūs, Abu Ḥayyān al-Gharnāṭī, Tuḥfat al-Arīb bi-mā fī l-Qurʾān min al-Gharīb, Ibn Sīda al-Mursī, Al-Muḥkam wa-l-Muḥīṭ al-Aʿẓam, and 15 more

عشر

1 عَشَرَ, (K,) aor. ـُ as is expressly stated by the expositors of the Fs and by others, but F, confounding two usages of the verb, says عَشِرَ, (TA,) inf. n. عَشْرٌ, (TA,) He took one from ten. (K.) b2: And عَشَرَهُمْ He took one from among them, they being ten. (Msb.) b3: And عَشَرَهُمْ, (S, K,) aor. ـُ (S, O, TA,) accord. to the K عَشِرَ, but this is at variance with other authorities, as mentioned above, (TA,) inf. n. عَشْرٌ, (K,) or عُشْرٌ, with damm, (S, O,) the former correct, but the latter is preferred by MF, who quotes it from the Expositions of the Fs, (TA,) and عُشُورٌ; (K;) and ↓ عشّرهُمْ, (O, K,) inf. n. تَــعْشِيــرٌ; (TA;) He took from them the عُشْر [i. e. the tenth, or, by extension of the term in the Muslim law, the half of the tenth, or the quarter of the tenth,] of their several kinds of property. (S, O, K.) And in like manner you say, (TA,) عَشَرَ المَالَ, (Msb, TA,) aor. ـُ inf. n. عَشْرٌ and عُشُورٌ; (Msb;) and ↓ عشّرهُ; (TA;) He took the عُشْر of the property. (Msb, TA.) It is said in a trad., respecting women, لَا يُعْشَرْنَ, meaning, They shall not have the tenth of the value of their ornaments taken. (TA.) b4: عَشَرَ, aor. ـِ He added one to nine. (L, K.) [In the TA and CK, this signification is connected with the first mentioned above, at the commencement of this art., by أَوْ, instead of وَ, which latter is evidently the right reading.] b5: And عَشَرَهُمْ, aor. ـِ (S, O, Msb, K,) inf. n. عَشْرٌ, (S, O, Msb,) He became the tenth of them: (S, O, Msb, K:) or he made them ten by [adding to their number] himself. (TA.) [See also 2: and see Q. Q. 1.]2 عَشَّرَ see 1, in two places. b2: عشّرهُمْ, (O, Msb, TA,) inf. n. تَــعْشِيــرٌ, (TA,) also signifies He made them ten, by adding one to nine. (O, Msb, TA. [See وَحَّدَهُ.]) And العَدَدَ ↓ اعشر He made the number ten. (TA.) b3: عشّر المُصْحَفَ, inf. n. تَــعْشِيــرٌ, He put, in the copy of the Kur-án, [the marks called] the عَوَاشِر [pl. of عَاشِرَةٌ]. (S, O, K. *) b4: اَللّٰهُمَّ عَشِّرْ خُطَاىَ O God, write down ten good deeds for every one of my steps. (Lh, TA.) b5: عشّر لِامْرَأَتِهِ, or عِنْدَهَا, He remained ten nights with his wife: and in like manner the verb is used in relation to any saying or action. (TA voce سَبَّعَ.) b6: عشّرت, (S, Msb, K, [in the CK عَشَرَت,]) inf. n. تَــعْشِيــرٌ; (S;) and ↓ اعشرت; (K;) She (a camel) became what is termed عُشَرَآء; (S, K;) she completed the tenth month of her pregnancy. (Msb.) b7: And عشّروا Their camels became such as are termed عِشَار [pl. of عُشَرَآءُ]. (O.) b8: See also 4. b9: عشّر القَدَحَ He broke the قدح [or drinking-bowl] into ten pieces. (O, TA.) b10: And [hence, app.,] عشّر الحُبُّ قَلْبَهُ (assumed tropical:) Love emaciated him [as though it broke his heart into ten pieces]. (TA.) b11: And عشّر, (A, K,) inf. n. تَــعْشِيــرٌ, (S, O, K,) He (an ass) brayed with ten uninterrupted reciprocations of the sound. (S, A, O, K. *) They assert that, when a man arrived at a country of pestilence, he put his hand behind his ear, and brayed in this manner, like an ass, and then entered it, and was secure from the pestilence: (S, * O, TA:) or he so brayed at the gate of a city where he feared pestilence, and conse-quently it did not hurt him. (A.) b12: Also He (a hyena) cried, or howled, in the same manner. (A.) And He (a raven) croaked in the same manner. (K.) 3 عاشرهُ, (K,) inf. n. مُعَاشَرَةٌ, (S, O, Msb, K,) He mixed with him; consorted with him; held social or familiar intercourse, or fellowship, with him; conversed with him; or became intimate with him; syn. خَالَطَهُ. (S, O, Msb, K.) [See also 6.]4 اعشر العَدَدَ: see 2. b2: اعشروا They became ten. (S, O.) b3: اعشرت said of a she-camel: see 2. b4: Also She (a camel) completed ten months from the time of her bringing forth. (TA.) b5: Also, or ↓ عشّرت, She brought forth her tenth offspring. (TA in art. بكر.) b6: And the former, said of camels, They came to water on the tenth day, counting the day of the next preceding watering as the first. (O.) b7: And اعشر He was, or became, one whose camels came to water on the tenth day, counting the day of the next preceding water-ing as the first; expl. by the words وَرَدَتْ إِبِلُهُ عِشْرًا, (S, TA,) or العِشْرَ. (TA.) b8: And He came to be within [the period of] the [first] ten [nights] of Dhu-l-Hijjeh (فِى عَشْرِ ذِى الحِجَّةِ). (T, TA.) b9: And أَعْشَرْنَا مُنْذُ لَمْ نَلْتَقِ We have had ten nights pass over us since we met. (L, TA.) 6 تَعَاشَرُوا They mixed; consorted; or held social or familiar intercourse, or fellowship; one with another; conversed together; or became intimate, one with another; syn. تَخَالَطُوا; (S, O, Msb, K;) as also ↓ اعتشروا. (TA.) 8 إِعْتَشَرَ see what next precedes. Q. Q. 1 عَشْرَنَهُ He made it twenty: an extr. word [with respect to formation, and post-classical, like سَبْعَنَ, q. v.]. (K, TA.) [In the CK, عَشَرْتُهُ, and expl. there as signifying I made it twenty: but this is evidently a mistranscription.]

عَشْرٌ fem. of عَشَرَةٌ [q. v.].

عُشْرٌ (S, O, Msb, K) and ↓ عُشُرٌ (TA) A tenth; a tenth part; one part of ten parts; as also ↓ عَشِيــرٌ and ↓ مِعْشَارٌ; (S, O, Msb, K;) which last is [of a form] not used [to denote a fractional part] except as applied to the tenth part (S, O) and [in the instance of مِرْبَاعٌ applied to] the fourth part: (O:) or, as some say, مِعْشَارٌ is the tenth of the tenth [i. e. a hundredth part]: and as some say, مِعْشَارٌ is the tenth of the ↓ عَشِيــر, which latter is the tenth of the عُشْر; so that, accord. to this, the معشار is one of a thousand; for it is the tenth of the tenth of the tenth: (Msb:) [in the TA, “and as some say, معشار is pl. of عشيــر, which latter is pl. of عُشْرٌ: ” but this is evidently a mistake:] the pl. of عُشْرٌ is أَعْشَارٌ (Msb, K) and عُشُورٌ; (K;) and that of ↓ عَشِيــرٌ is أَعْشِرَآءُ: (S, O, Msb:) it is said in a trad., تِسْعَةُ أَعْشِرَآءِ الرِّزْقِ فِى التِّجَارَةِ وَجُزْءٌ مِنْهَا فِى السَّابِيَآءِ, i. e. [Nine tenths of the means of subsistence consist in merchandise, and one part of them consists in] the increase of animals. (S, A, * O. *) b2: أَخَذَ عُشْرَ أَمْوَالِهِمْ [means He took the tenth, or tithe, or by extension of the term in the Muslim law, the half of the tenth, or the quarter of the tenth, of their several kinds of property]. (S, K.) [See 1, and see عَشَّارٌ.]

A2: عُشْرٌ [as a pl. of which the sing. is not mentioned], applied to she-camels, That excern into the udder (تُنْزِلُ) a scanty دِرَّة [or quantity of milk (in the CK دَرَّة)] without its collecting [and increasing]. (O, K.) عِشْرٌ A period of eight days between [camels'] twice coming to water; for they come to water on the tenth day [counting the day of the next preceding watering as the first]; and in like manner, the term for every one of the periods between two waterings is with kesr: [see ثِلْثٌ:] (S, O:) or camels' coming to water on the tenth day [after the next preceding period of abstinence, i. e., counting the day of the next preceding watering as the first]: or on the ninth day [not counting the day of the next preceding watering; for it is evident that these two explanations are virtually one and the the same]; (K;) as in the Shems el-'Uloom, on the authority of Kh, where it is added that they keep them from the water nine nights and eight days, and then bring them to water on the ninth day, which is the tenth from [by which is meant including] the former [day of] watering: (TA:) after the عِشْر, there is no name for a period between the two waterings until the twentieth [day]; (S, O;) but you say, هِىَ تَرِدُ عِشْرًا وَغِبًّا, and عِشْرًا وَرِبْعًا, [and so on,] to the twentieth [day counting the day of the next preceding watering as the first]; (As;) and then you say, that their period between two waterings is عِشْرَانِ, (As, S, O,) i. e., eighteen days; (S, O;) and when they exceed this, they are termed جَوَازِئُ [meaning “ that satisfy themselves with green pasture so as not to need water ”]. (As, S, O.) b2: Also The eighth young one, or offspring. (A in art. ثلث.) A2: And A piece that is broken off from a cooking-pot, (K, TA,) or from a drinking-cup or bowl, (TA,) and from anything; (K, TA;) as though it were one of ten pieces; (TA;) as also ↓ عُشَارَةٌ, (K, TA,) which signifies a piece of anything: (O, TA:) pl. of the former, أَعْشَارٌ [and pl. pl. أَعَاشِيرُ]; (TA;) and of ↓ the latter, عُشَارَاتٌ. (O, TA.) b2: [Hence, app.,] بُرْمَةٌ أَعْشَارٌ A cookingpot, or one of stone, broken in pieces: thus [we find the latter word] occurring in the pl. form [and used as an epithet]. (S, O.) And قِدْرٌ أَعْشَارٌ A cooking-pot broken into ten pieces: (K:) or a large cooking-pot, of ten pieces joined together by reason of its largeness: (A:) or a cooking-pot so large that it is carried by ten men, (K,) or by ten women: (TA:) or [simply] a cooking-pot broken in pieces; not derived from anything: (TA:) pl. قُدُورٌ أَعْشَارٌ, (A,) and أَعَاشِيرُ. (A, K.) And جَفْنٌ

أَعْشَارٌ [A scabbard of a sword, or a sword-case,] broken in pieces. (O.) And قَلْبٌ أَعْشَارٌ [(assumed tropical:) A broken heart.] (S, K.) And أَعْشَارُ جَزُورٍ The portions of a slaughtered camel [for which players at the game called المَيْسِر contend, and which are ten in number; not seven, as is said in one place in the TA. In Har p. 579, اعشار in this case is said to be pl. of عُشْرٌ; but I think that we have better reason for regarding it as a pl. of عِشْرٌ]. (Az, S, O, K.) Imra-el-Keys says, وَمَا ذَرَفَتْ عَيْنَاكِ إِلَّا لِتَضْرِبِى

بِسَهْمَيْكِ فِى أَعْشَارِ قَلْبٍ مُقَتَّلِ [And thine eyes did not shed tears but that thou mightest play with thy two arrows for the portions of a heart subdued and killed by the passion of love]: he means, by the two arrows, the two called المُعَلَّى and الرَّقِيب; to the former of which are assigned seven portions, and to the latter, three; so that both together gain all the portions; for the slaughtered camel is divided into ten portions: therefore he means that she has played for his heart with her two arrows, [alluding to the glances shot from her eyes,] and gained possession of it altogether: (Az, S, * O: * [see also a verse cited voce رَقِيبٌ:]) or accord. to some, he means that his heart had been broken, and then repaired like as cooking-pots are repaired: but Az says that the former explanation, which is mentioned by Th, pleases him more. (TA.) Hence the saying, ضَرَبَ فِى أَعْشَارِهِ وَلَمْ يَرْضَ بِمِعْشَارِهِ [He played for all the portions of it, and was not content with the fifth of it]; meaning he took the whole of it. (A.) b3: And أَعْشَارٌ alone means Cooking-pots that boil the ten portions [of a جَزُور]. (Har. p. 579.) A3: أَعْشَارٌ also signifies The primary feathers of the wing of a bird; (S, O, TA;) and so ↓ عَوَاشِرُ. (TA.) عُشَرٌ Three nights of the [lunar] month, [the tenth, eleventh, and twelfth,] after the تُسَع [q. v.]. (S, O.) A2: Also [The asclepias gigantea of Linnæus; or gigantic swallow-wort;] a species of tree [or shrub] in which is a substance answering the purpose of tinder, (K,) like cotton, (TA,) than which there is nothing better wherein to strike fire, and with which cushions are stuffed, (K,) on account of its softness: (TA:) [see رَآءٌ, in art. روأ:] accord. to AHn, (TA,) a large species of tree [or shrub], of the kind called عِضَاه, having a sweet gum, (AHn, S, O, *) and milk, (O,) and broad leaves, growing up high, (AHn,) from the flowers and shoots of which, (AHn, K,) or from the joints of the branches and from the places of the flowers whereof, (O,) there comes forth a well-known kind of sugar, (AHn, O, * K,) in which is somewhat of bitterness, (O, K,) called سُكَّرُ العُشَرِ; (AHn, TA;) [or this is a kind of red sugar, which falls like dew upon this tree; (Golius, from Ibn-Maaroof and the Mj;)] it produces also bladders, resembling the شَقَاشِق [or faucial bags] of camels, in which they bray, [blowing them out from their months, with a gurgling sound,] (AHn, TA,) [and] like the bladder of the smaller قَتَاد [q. v.]; (S, O;) and it has a blossom like that of the دِفْلَى, tinged, [but with what hue is not said,] and shining, and beautiful in appearance, as well as a fruit: (AHn, TA:) n. un. with ة: and pl. [of this latter] عُشَرٌ [or rather this is a coll. gen. n.] and عُشَرَاتٌ. (S, O.) [See also سَلَعٌ.]

عُشُرٌ: see عُشْرٌ.

عِشْرَةٌ Social, or familar, intercourse; fellowship; i. q. مُخَالَطَةٌ; (O, * K;) or a subst. from the latter word. (S, Msb.) Sometimes it governs as a verb, [like the inf. n.,] accord. to some grammarians, as in the following ex.: بِعِشْرَتِكَ الكِرَامَ تُعَدُّ مِنْهُمْ [By thine associating with the generous thou will be reckoned as one of them]. (I'Ak p. 211.) عَشَرَةٌ [Ten;] the first of the عُقُود; (A, K;) with ة, (Msb,) and with fet-h to the ش, (TA,) for the masc.; (Msb, TA;) and عَشْرٌ, without ة, (Msb, TA,) and with one fet-hah, (TA,) for the fem. (Msb, TA.) You say, عَشَرَةُ رِجَالٍ [Ten men]: and عَشْرُ نِسْوَةٍ [ten women]. (S, O, Msb, TA.) [In De Sacy's Arabic Grammar, for the former is inadvertently put عَشْرَةٌ; and for the latter, عَشَرٌ; and in Freytag's lexicon we find عَشَرٌ instead of عَشْرٌ.] عَشَرَاتٌ [is the pl. of عَشَرَةٌ: and also] signifies Decimal numbers. (M in art. ست.) The vulgar make عَشْرٌ masc., as meaning a number of days, saying العَشْرُ الأَوَّلُ, and العَشْرُ الأَخِيرُ; but this is wrong [unless thereby they mean to speak of nights with their days, as will be shown by what follows]: the month consists of three عَشَرَات; namely, العَشْرُ الأُوَلُ [The first ten nights. with their days], pl. of أُولَى; and العَشْرُ الوُسَطُ [The middle ten nights, with their days], pl. of وُسْطَى; and العَشْرُ الأَخَرُ [The last, lit. the other, ten nights, with their days], pl. of أُخْرَى; or العَشْرُ الأَوَاخِرُ [The last ten nights, with their days], pl. of آخرَةٌ. (Msb.) [العَشْرُ الأَوَاخِرُ is also especially applied to The last ten nights of Ramadán, with their days: and عَشْرُ ذِى الحِجَّةِ to The first ten nights of Dhu-l-Hijjeh, with their days: and العَشْرُ, alone, to The first ten nights of El-Moharram, with their days.] The Arabs also said, سِرْنَا عَشْرًا, meaning We journeyed ten nights, with their days; making the fem. [لَيَالٍ] to predominate over the masc. [أَيَّام]; as is the case in the Kur ii. 234. (Msb.) And أَيَّامُ العَشْرِ is used for أَيَّامُ اللَّيَالِى العَشْرِ [The days of the ten nights]. (Mgh.) [See some other observations applying to the syntax of عَشَرَةٌ and عَشْرٌ, voce خَمْسَةٌ. and respecting a peculiar pronunciation of the people of El-Hijáz, and a case in which عَشَرَة is imperfectly decl., see ثَلَاثَةٌ.] b2: [عَشْرٌ is also applied to A portion, or paragraph, of the Kur-án properly consisting of ten verses; but it is often applied to somewhat more, or less, than what is considered by some, or by all, as ten verses, either because there is much disagreement as to the divisions of the verses or for the sake of beginning and ending with a break in the tenour of the text: (see عَاشِرَةٌ:) pl. أَعْشَارٌ. These divisions have no mark to distinguish them in some MSS.: in others, each is marked by a round ornament at the end; or by the word عشر, or the letter ع, over, or over against, the commencement.] b3: When you have passed the number ten, you make the masc. fem., and the fem. masc. [to nineteen inclusively]: in the masc., you reject the ة in عَشَرَة; and from thirteen to nineteen [inclusively], you add ة to the former of the two nouns; and [in every case] you pronounce the ش with fet-h; and you make the two nouns one noun, [and, as such,] indecl., with fet-h for the termination: (TA:) you say, أَحَدَ عَشَرَ [Eleven], (S, O, Msb,) [and اِثْنَا عَشَرَ Twelve,] and ثَلَاثَةَ عَشَرَ [Thirteen], and so on; (Msb, TA;) with fet-h to the ش; and in one dial. with sukoon [أَحَدَ عَشْرَ, &c.]; (Msb;) or the former only: (S, O:) and, as ISk says, some of the Arabs make the ع quiescent, [as many do in the present day,] saying أَحَدَ عْشَرَ, and so on to تِسْعَةَ عْشَرَ [inclusively] except in the instance of اِثْنَا عَشَرَ and اِثْنَىْ عَشَرَ, because of the quiescence of the ا and ى; and Akh says that they make the ع quiescent because the noun is long and its vowels are many: (S, O) in the fem., you add ة to the latter of the two nouns, and reject the ة in the former of them, and make the ش in عشرة quiescent: you say إِحْدَى عَشْرَةَ (TA,) [and اِثْنَتَا عَشْرَةَ,] and so on to تِسْعَ عَشْرَةَ [inclusively]: and if you choose, you say إِحْدَى عَشِرَةَ, [&c.,] with kesr to the ش: the former is of the dial. of the people of El-Hijáz, [and is the more common,] and the latter is of the dial. of the people of Nejd: (S, O, TA:) but fet-h to the ش in this case is unknown to the grammarians and lexicologists, as Az says, though an instance has been adduced in an unusual reading of the Kur ii. 57, and another in vii. 160. (TA.) Every noun of number, from eleven to nineteen [inclusively], is mansoob, [or more properly speaking, each of the two nouns of which it is composed is indecl., with fet-h,] in the cases of refa and nasb and khafd, except that of twelve; for اِثْنَا and اِثْنَتَا are decl. [i. e. you say, in a case of nasb or khafd, اِثْنَىْ عَشَرَ and اِثْنَتَىْ عَشْرَةَ]. (TA.) b4: [In the same manner also عَشَرَ and عَشْرَةَ are used in the ordinal compounds,] عُشَرَآءُ A she-camel that has been ten months pregnant, (S, Mgh, O, Msb, K,) from the day of her having been covered by the stallion: she then ceases to be [of those] called مَخَاضً, and she is called عشرا until she brings forth, and also after she has brought forth, (S, O,) or when she has brought forth, at the completion of a year: or when she has brought forth she is termed عَاتِذٌ: (TA:) or that has been eight months pregnant: or, applied to a she-camel, i. q. نُفَسَآءُ applied to a woman: (K:) it is applied also to any female that is pregnant, but mostly to the female of the horse and camel: (IAth:) it is the only sing. word of this measure, which is a pl. measure, except نُفَسَآءُ: (MF:) the dual is عُشَرَاوَانِ: (S, O, TA; in one copy of the S عُشْرَاوَانِ:) and pl. عُشَرَاوَاتٌ; (S, O, K, TA; in one copy of the S, and in the CK عُشْراوات;) but some disallow this; (MF;) and عِشَارٌ; (S, O, Msb, K;) like as نِفَاسٌ is pl. of نُفَسَآءُ; (Msb;) and عُشَارٌ: (K in art. نفس:) or عِشَارٌ is applied to she-camels until some of them have brought forth and others are expected to bring forth. (K.) Some say that عِشَار have no milk; though El-Farezdak applies this term to camels that are milked, because of their having recently brought forth; and it is said that camels are most precious to their owners when they are عشار. (TA.) عَشَائِرُ, as pl. of عِشَارٌ, which is pl. of عُشَرَآءُ, signifies Gazelles that have recently brought forth. (O.) لَبَنٌ عُشَرِىٌّ Milk of camels that feed upon the عُشَر, q. v. (TA.) عِشْرُونَ Twenty; twice ten: (K:) applied alike to a masc. and a fem.: (Msb:) you say عِشْرُونَ رَجُلًا [Twenty men], and عِشْرُونَ امْرَأَةً [Twenty women: the noun following it being in the accus. case as a specificative]: (TA:) it is decl. with و and ى [like a pl. formed by the addition of و and ن]; (Msb;) and when you prefix it to another noun, making it to govern the latter in the gen. case, you drop the ن, (S, Msb,) and say, عِشْرُو زَيْدٍ [The twenty of Zeyd], (Msb,) and عِشْرُوكَ [Thy twenty], (S, O, Msb,) and عِشُرِىّ [My twenty], changing the و into ى [in this last case], because of the letter following it, and these incorporating: (S, O:) so says Ks; but most disallow this mode of prefixing in the case of a decimal number [of this kind], (Msb.) [It signifies also Twentieth.] It is not a pl. of عَشَرَةٌ, (so in a copy of the S and in the O and in the TA.) or عَشْرٌ, (so in another copy of the S,) [or perhaps the right reading is عِشْرٌ, as may be inferred from what will be presently added: but first it should be observed that if it were pl. of عَشَرَةٌ, or of عَشْرٌ, it would signify at least three times ten: some hold it to be a pl. of عِشْرٌ, saying, (TA.) as عِشْرٌ signifies camels' coming to water on the ninth day, they do not say عِشْرَانِ [for twenty], but they say عِشْرُونَ, (in the K, لَمْ يُقَلْ عِشْرَيْنِ وَقَالُوا عِشْرِينَ: but the correct reading seems to be لَمْ يَقُولُوا: TA: [in the CK it is more incorrect, لم يقل عِشْرِينَ وقالوا عِشْرَيْنِ:]) making eighteen days to be عِشْرَانِ, and the nineteenth and twentieth a portion of the third عِشْر; and so, [regarding the portion as a whole,] forming the pl. عِشْرُونَ; (K, * TA;) agreeably with a well-known license, which allows the calling two and a part of the third a pl: (TA:) this is the opinion of Kh and IDrd and some others: but J and most of the lexicologists hold that عِشْرُونَ is not a pl. of عَشَرَةٌ nor of عِشْرٌ nor of any other word, and their opinion I hold to be correct, applying as it does to the other similar nouns of number. (MF.) عُشَارَ Ten and ten; [or ten and ten together; or ten at a time and ten at a time;] (MF;) changed from عَشَرَة, (S,) or rather عَشَرَةً عَشَرَةً; as also ↓ مَعْشَرَ; (MF;) [for which reason, and its having the quality of an epithet, each is imperfectly decl.] You say, جَاؤُوا عُشَارَ عُشَارَ, (S, M, O, L, K,) and ↓ مَعْشَرَ مَعْشَرَ, (M, O, L, K,) and عُشَارَ once, and ↓ مَعْشَرَ once, (M, L, TA,) They came ten [and] ten. (S, M, O, L, K.) MF says that the repetition is manifestly wrong; but it is allowed by the M and L, as well as the K; [and is for the purpose of corroboration;] and مَعْشَرَ

↓ مَعْشَرَ is also authorized by the TS. (TA.) A'Obeyd says that more than أُحَادَ and ثُنَآءَ and ثُلَاثَ and رُبَاعَ has not been heard, except عُشَارَ occurring in a verse of El-Kumeyt. (O, TA.) [But خُمَاسَ is mentioned in the K.]

عَشِيــرٌ: see عُشْرٌ, in three places. b2: Also A certain measure of land, a tenth of the قَفِيز, (O, Msb, K,) which is the tenth of the جَرِيب [q. v.]: (O, TA:) pl. أَعْشِرَآءُ. (TA in art. جرب.) A2: and An associate; i. q. مُعَاشِرٌ. (S, O, Msb, K.) b2: And A husband; (S, O, Msb, K;) because he and his wife are associates, each of the other. (S, O.) يَكْفُرْنَ الــعَشِيــرَ means They are ungrateful to the husband. (Msb.) b3: And A wife. (Msb.) b4: And A relation. (K.) b5: And A friend. (K.) Pl. عُشَرَآءُ. (K.) b6: See also عَشِيــرَةٌ.

A3: Also The cry of the ضَبُع [or hyena, or female hyena]: (K:) in this sense, a word not derived. (TA.) عُشَارَةٌ; and its pl.: see عِشْرٌ.

عُشَارِىٌّ A garment, or piece of cloth, (A, K,) ten cubits long. (S, A, Mgh, O, K.) b2: And A boy ten years old: fem. with ة. (TA.) عَشُورَى and عَشُورَآءُ: see عَاشُورَآءُ.

عَشِيــرَةٌ A man's kinsfolk: (Bd and Jel in ix. 24:) or his nearer or nearest relations, or next of kin, by descent from the same father or ancestor: (K:) or a small sub-tribe; a small portion, or the smallest subdivision, of a tribe, less than a فَصِيلَة: (TA voce شَعْبٌ, q. v.:) or a tribe; syn قَبِيلَةٌ; (S, O, Msb;) a man's قَبِيلَة; (K;) as also ↓ عَشِيــرٌ, without ة: (TA:) or a community, such as the Benoo-Temeem, and the Benoo-'Amr-Ibn-Temeem: (ISh:) a word having no proper sing.: (Msb:) accord. to some, from عِشْرَةٌ: accord. to others, from عَشَرَةٌ, the number so called: (Bd ubi suprà, and MF:) pl. عَشَائِرُ (Msb, K) and عَشِيــرَاتُ. (Msb.) [See also مَعْشَرٌ.]

A2: عَشَائِرُ is also a pl. pl. of عُشَرَآءُ [q. v., last sentence]. (O.) عَشَّارٌ (S, O, Msb, K) and ↓ عَاشِرٌ (O, Msb, K) and ↓ مُعَشِّرٌ (TA) One who takes, or receives, the عُشْر [q. v.] of property. (S, Msb, K.) Where the punishment of the عَشَّار, or عَاشِر, is mentioned in traditions, as where it is said that the عَاشِر is to be put to death, the meaning is, he who takes the tenth as the people in the Time of Ignorance used to do: such is to be put to death because of his unbelief; or because, being a Muslim, he holds this practice to be lawful: but such as performed the like office for the Prophet and for the Khaleefehs after him may be thus called because of the relation of what he takes to the tenth, as the quarter of the tenth, and the half of the tenth, and as he takes the tenth wholly of the produce that is watered [only] by the rain, and the tenth of the property in merchandise [of foreigners, and half the tenth of that] of non-Muslim subjects. (TA.) [There is either a mistake or an omission in the last part of the statement above, in the TA, which I have rectified by inserting “ of foreigners ” &c.]

عَاشِرٌ: see عَشَّارٌ. b2: One says also, صَارَ عَاشِرَهُمْ [meaning he became the tenth of them]. (S, Msb, K.) عَاشِرَةٌ The circular sign which marks a division of an 'ashr (عَشْر) in a copy of the Kur-án: (O, L, K:) a post-classical term: (O, L:) pl. عَوَاشِرُ. (S, K.) b2: And عَوَاشِرُ القُرْآنِ means The verses that complete an عَشْر of the Kurn. (K.) b3: and إِبِلٌ عَوَاشِرُ Camels coming to water after an interval of eight days; (S, O;) on the tenth day [counting the day of the next preceding watering as the first]: or on the ninth day [not counting the day of the next preceding watering: see عِشْرٌ]. (K.) A2: For another signification of the pl., عَوَاشِرُ, see عِشْرُ, last sentence.

A3: عَاشِرَةُ is a proper name of The ضَبُع [i. e. hyena, or female hyena]; a determinate noun: [but it has for] pl. عَاشِرَاتٌ. (O.) عَاشُورٌ: see what next follows.

عَاشُورَآءُ and ↓ عَشُورَآءُ (Msb, K) and عَاشُورَى (Msb, K) and ↓ عَشُورَى (K) and ↓ عَاشُورٌ, (Msb, K,) or يَوْمُ عَاشُورَآءَ (S, O, and K in art. تسع, &c.) or يَوْمُ العَاشُورَآءِ (S in that art., &c.) and يَوْمُ عَشُورَآءَ, (S, O,) The tenth day of the month El-Moharram: (S, Msb, K:) or the ninth thereof, (K,) accord. to some; but most of the learned, of old and late times, agree that it is the former; (Msb in art. تسع;) and Az says that by the ninth may be meant the tenth; after the same manner as the term عِشْرٌ, relating to camels' coming to water, is [said to be] applied to a period of nine days, [but means the coming to water on the tenth day, counting the day of the next preceding watering as the first,] as Lth says, on the authority of Kh. (TA.) Few nouns of the measure فَاعُولَآءُ have been heard. (Az, TA.) مَعْشَرٌ A company, or collective body, (Az, S, O, Msb, K,) of people, (S,) consisting of men, exclusive of women; like نَفَرٌ and قَوْمٌ and رَهْطٌ; (Az, Msb;) having no proper sing.: (Az:) or any company, or collective body, whose state of circumstances is one; a community; as the معشر of the Muslims and that of the Polytheists: (Lth:) or a great company, or collective body; so called [from عَشَرَةٌ,] because they are many; for عشرة is that large and perfect number after which there is no number but what is composed of the units comprised in it: (MF:) or the family of a man: or jinn (i. e. genii) and mankind: (K: [or the author of the K may mean, or jinn: and also mankind:]) in the Kur [vi. 130, and lv. 33], we find the expression يَا مَعْشَرَ الْجِنِّ وَالْإِنْسِ; but this means O معشر consisting of the jinn and of mankind: and [vi. 128], يَا مَعْشَرَ الجِنِّ, without the mention of الانس: (MF:) pl. مَعَاشِرُ. (S, Msb.) [See also عَشِيــرَةٌ.]

A2: مَعْشَرَ: see عُشَارَ, in four places.

مُعْشِرٌ (tropical:) A woman who has completed her full time of pregnancy. (TA.) مُعَشَّرٌ pass. part. n. of 2, q. v. See also مُثَلَّثٌ.]

مُعَشِّرٌ: see عَشَّارٌ.

A2: Also One whose camels have brought forth: and one whose camels have become عِشَار [pl. of عُشَرَآء]. (O, K.) مِعْشَارٌ: see عُشْرٌ.

A2: Also A she-camel whose milk is abundant (K, TA) in the nights of her bringing forth. (TA.)

روح

Entries on روح in 19 Arabic dictionaries by the authors Ibn Sīda al-Mursī, Al-Muḥkam wa-l-Muḥīṭ al-Aʿẓam, Al-Sharīf al-Jurjānī, Kitāb al-Taʿrīfāt, Murtaḍa al-Zabīdī, Tāj al-ʿArūs fī Jawāhir al-Qamūs, and 16 more

روح

1 رَاحَ, (S, Msb, K,) sec. Pers\. رِحْتَ, (Msb,) aor. ـَ (S, Msb, K,) inf. n. رِيحٌ; (K;) and aor. ـُ (Msb, TA,) inf. n. رَوْحٌ, (Msb,) or رُؤُوحٌ; (TA;) It (a day) was violently windy. (S, Msb, K.) And راح, aor. ـُ inf. n. رُؤُوحٌ, It (a day) was one of good, or pleasant, wind. (TA.) b2: راح, aor. ـَ inf. n. رَوْحٌ, It was, or became, cool and pleasant [by means of the wind]. (L.) It (a house, or tent, the door being opened,) [was, or became, aired by the wind; or] was entered by the wind. (L.) b3: راح الشَّجَرُ The trees felt the wind. (AHn, K.) [See also another meaning below.] b4: [Hence, perhaps,] راح, aor. ـَ inf. n. رَاحٌ, (assumed tropical:) He was, or became, brisk, lively, sprightly, active, agile, prompt, or quick; [as though he felt the wind and was refreshed by it;] (L;) as also ↓ ارتاح: (S, A, L, K:) رَاحٌ and ↓ اِرْتِيَاحٌ signify the same: (S, L, K: [in the CK, الاِرْتِياحِ is erroneously put for الاِرْتِيَاحُ:]) and ↓ اِسْتَرْوَحَ (assumed tropical:) he (a man) became light, or active, and quick; syn. شَمَّرَ. (Msb.) You say, راح لِلشَّىْءِ [and إِلَى الشَّىْءِ] and ↓ ارتاح [and ارتاح بِهِ] (assumed tropical:) He was, or became, brisk, lively, &c, as above, at the thing, [or betook himself with briskness, liveliness, &c., to the thing,] and was rejoiced by it. (Lth, TA.) A poet says, وَ زَعَمْتَ أَنَّكَ لَا تَرَاحُ إِلَى النِّسَا [(assumed tropical:) And thou assertedst that thou dost not, or wilt not, betake thyself with briskness, &c., to women, nor be rejoiced by them]. (Lth, TA.) And راح لِلْأَمْرِ i. q. ↓ ارتاح [He betook himself with briskness, &c., to the thing, or affair; or was brisk, &c., to do it]. (TA.) And راح لِذٰلِكَ الأَمْرِ, (L, K,) and إِلَيْهِ, (L,) aor. ـَ inf. n. رَوَاحٌ and رُؤُوحٌ and رَاحٌ and رِيَاحَةٌ (L, K) and رَاحَةٌ and أَرْيَحِيَّةٌ, (L,) (assumed tropical:) He brightened in countenance at that thing, (L, [there explained by أَشْرَقَ لَهُ, and this I regard as the right reading, rather than that which I find in the copies of the K, which is أَشْرَفَ لَهُ, perhaps meaning the same as أَشْرَفَ عَلَيْهِ, i. e. he became acquainted with that thing, or knew it, syn. اِطَّلَعَ عَلَيْهِ,]) and rejoiced in it, or at it, (L, K,) and was thereby affected with alacrity, cheerfulness, briskness, liveliness, or sprightliness, disposing him to promptness in acts of kindness or beneficence: said of a generous man when he is asked to confer a gift; and sometimes, metaphorically, of dogs when called by their owner, and of other animals. (L.) [It is also said that] رَوَاحٌ and رَوَاحَةٌ and رَاحَةٌ and رَوْحَةٌ and رَوِيحَةٌ [all app. inf. ns. of رَاحَ, or some of them may be simple substs.,] and مُرَايَحَةٌ [as though inf. n. of ↓ رَايَحَ] (L, K) signify (assumed tropical:) The experiencing relief from grief or sorrow, after suffering therefrom: (L:) or the experiencing the joy, or happiness, arising from certainty. (K. [See also رَوْحٌ, below.]) You say also, إِلَى حَدِيثِهِ ↓ اِسْتَرْوَحْتُ [app. meaning (assumed tropical:) I was affected with cheerfulness, liveliness, or the like, at his discourse, or narration; as seems to be indicated by the context in the place where it is mentioned: or perhaps, he trusted to his discourse, and became quiet, or easy, in mind; agreeably with an explanation of the verb which see below]: (A:) or الى حديثه ↓ استراح (assumed tropical:) he inclined to his discourse. (MA.) And راح لِلْمَعْرُوفِ, (S, A, L, K,) sec. Pers\. رِحْتَ, (L,) aor. ـَ inf. n. رَاحَةٌ (S, L, K) and رِيحٌ; (L;) and له ↓ ارتاح; (A, L;) (tropical:) He was affected with alacrity, cheerfulness, briskness, liveliness, or sprightliness, disposing him to promptness to do what was kind or beneficent: (As, S, L, K:) he inclined to, and loved, kindness or beneficence. (L.) And لِلنَّدَى ↓ ارتاح (assumed tropical:) [He was affected with alacrity, &c., and so disposed to bounty or liberality]. (S, K.) And نَزَلَتْ اللّٰهُ بِرَحْمَتِهِ فَأَنْقَذَهُ مِنْهَا ↓ بِهِ بَلِيَّةٌ فَارْتَاحَ (tropical:) [A trial, or an affliction, befell him, and God was active and prompt with his mercy, and delivered him from it]: (T:) but ISd disapproves of thus speaking of God; and El-Fárisee says that it is an instance of the rudeness of speech characteristic of Arabs of the desert. (TA.) [Hence seems to have originated, as is app. implied in the TA, the assertion that] ↓ الاِرْتِيَاحُ signifies (assumed tropical:) The being merciful: and اللّٰهُ لَهُ بِرَحْمَتِهِ ↓ ارتاح, (assumed tropical:) God delivered him from trial, or affliction: (K:) or اللّٰهُ لِفُلَانٍ ↓ ارتاح (assumed tropical:) God was merciful to such a one. (S.) One also says, راحت يَدُهُ لِكَذَا, (K,) or بِكَذَا, (S L,) (tropical:) His hand was active, prompt, or quick, (S, L, K, TA,) to do such a thing, (K, TA,) or with such a thing; (S, L, TA;) as, for instance, with a sword, to strike with it. (L.) Hence the saying of the Prophet, مَنْ رَاحَ

إِلَى الجُمُعَةِ فِى السَّاعَةِ الأُولَى فَكَأَنَّمَا قَدَّمَ بَدَنَةً (tropical:) [Whosoever is brisk, or prompt, or quick, in repairing to the Friday-prayers in the first hour, he is as though he offered a camel, or a cow or bull, for sacrifice at Mekkeh]: (K, * TA:) the meaning is, خَفَّ إِلَيْهَا, (K, TA,) and مَضَى; (TA;) not the going in the latter part of the day. (K, * TA.) [See also what follows.] b5: رَاحَ, aor. ـُ inf. n. رَوَاحٌ; and ↓ تروّح; both signify the same; (S, Msb, K, &c.;) contr. of غَدَا; (S;) said of a man, (TA,) and of a company of men, (K, TA,) He, and they, went, or journeyed, or worked, or did a thing, in the evening, (K, TA,) or in the afternoon, i. e., from the declining of the sun from the meridian until night: (IF, Msb, K, TA:) this is said to be the primary meaning: (TA:) but they also mean he, or they, returned: (Msb:) and went, or journeyed, at any time: (Msb, * TA:) [for] الرَّوَاحُ is not, as some imagine it to be, only [the going, or journeying,] in the last, or latter, part of the day; but is used by the Arabs as meaning the going, or journeying, at any time of the night or day; as also الغُدُوُّ: so say Az and others: (Msb:) or راح, inf. n. رَوَاحٌ, signifies he came, or went, after the declining of the sun from the meridian: but is sometimes used as meaning he went in an absolute sense: (Mgh:) and thus it means in the trad. commencing مَنْ رَاحَ إِلَى الجُمُعَةِ [mentioned above, where a different explanation of the verb is given]: (Mgh, * Msb:) and [in like manner] one says to his companion or companions, ↓ تَرَوَّحْ or تَرَوَّحُوا as meaning Go, or journey: (TA:) but رَاحَتِ الإِبِلُ, (S, L, K,) aor. ـُ and تَرَاحُ, inf. n. رَوَاحٌ (L) and رَائِحَةٌ, (Az, L, K,) signifies only The camels returned in the evening, or afternoon, (S, * Msb,) when their pastors drove or brought them back to their owners: so says Az. (Msb.) You say, رُحْتُ

إِلَيْهِمْ and عِنْدَهُمْ, inf. n. رَوْحٌ and رَوَاحٌ, I went, (K, TA,) and I came, (TA,) to them in the evening, or afternoon; [or at any time, as appears from what has been said above;] and so رُحْتُهُمْ, (K, TA,) inf. n. رَوْحٌ; (TA;) and ↓ رَوَّحْتُهُمْ, (K, TA,) inf. n. تَرْوِيحٌ; (TA;) and ↓ تَرَوَّحْتُهُمْ: (K, TA:) and ↓ أَنَا أُغَادِيهِ وَ أُرَاوِحُهُ [I go, or come, to him early in the morning, in the first part of the day, or between the time of the prayer of daybreak and sunrise, and I go, or come, to him in the evening, or afternoon, app. he doing the like to me]. (A. [See also 6.]) And رَاحَتْ عَلَيْهِ إِبِلُهُ, and غَنَمُهُ, and مَالُهُ, His camels, and his sheep or goats, and his cattle, returned to him after the declining of the sun from the meridian; only at that time: and ↓ اراحت may perhaps be a dial. var. thereof: (L, TA:) or راحت بِالعَشِىِّ عَلَى أَهْلِهَا they (i. e. camels) returned from the place of pasture in the evening, or afternoon, to their owners. (S, * Msb.) b6: راح الشَّجَرُ, (S, A, K,) aor. ـَ (S, A;) and ↓ تروّح; (S, A;) [said in the TA to be tropical, but not so in the A;] The trees broke forth with leaves: (S, A, K:) or the former, the trees broke forth with leaves before the winter, when the night became cold, without rain; (As, TA;) and so the latter: (L:) or the latter, the trees broke forth with leaves after the close of the صَيْف [or summer]: (S, TA:) and الغُصْنُ ↓ تروّح The branch put forth leaves after other leaves had fallen from it. (R, TA.) [See another meaning of راح الشجر near the beginning of this art.] b7: راح, (S, K,) aor. ـَ inf. n. رَاحَةٌ, (S,) said of a horse, [perhaps from the same verb as signifying “ he was, or became, brisk, lively,” &c.,] He became a stallion, or fit to cover. (S, K.) A2: رَاحَتْهُ الرِّيحُ, aor. ـَ The wind smote it; namely, a thing; (L, K;) as, for instance, a tree, and said of a tempestuous wind. (L.) And رِيحَ, said of a pool of water left by a torrent, It was smitten [or blown upon] by the wind. (S, A, K.) In like manner also it is said of other things. (TA.) One says, رِيحَتِ الشَّجَرَةُ The tree was blown upon by the wind: or was blown about, or shaken, by the wind, so that its leaves were made to fall: or had the dust scattered upon it by the wind. (L.) And رِيحُوا They (a people, or party,) were smitten and destroyed by the wind: (K, TA:) or they entered upon [a time of] wind; (K;) as also, in this latter sense, ↓ أَرَاحُوا, (S, K,) or ↓ أَرْوَحُوا. (A.) b2: راح الشَّىْءَ, (A 'Obeyd, S, K,) first Pers\. رِحْتُ, (A 'Obeyd, S,) aor. ـَ (A 'Obeyd, S, K,) and يَرِيحُ, (AA, S, K,) [inf. n., app., of the former رَوْحٌ and of the latter رِيحٌ as in the phrase of similar meaning following;] and ↓ أَرَاحَهُ, (Ks, S, K,) and ↓ أَرْوَحَهُ; (Az, K;) He smelt the thing; perceived its smell, or odour; (S, K, &c.;) as also ↓ استراحهُ and ↓ اِسْتَرْوَحَهُ: (Ham p. 228:) and راح الرِّيحَ, aor. ـَ inf. n. رَوْحٌ; and aor. ـِ inf. n. رِيحٌ; and ↓ أَرَاحَهَا; He smelt the odour. (Msb.) You say of an object of the chase, ↓ أَرَاحَنِى, (S,) and ↓ أَرْوَحَنِى, (Az, S, A,) inf. n. of the latter إِرْوَاحٌ, (Az, TA,) He smelt me; perceived my smell, or odour: (Az, S, A, TA:) and of the same, ↓ اراح, (K,) and ↓ أَرْوَحَ, (T, S, K,) and ↓ اِسْتَرْوَحَ, and ↓ استراح, (T, S,) He smelt a human being; perceived his smell, or odour: (T, S, K:) and the second of these four, (K, TA,) and the third and fourth, (TA,) he smelt gently, that he might perceive the odour of a thing: (K, TA:) or the third and fourth of the same, he smelt, or perceived, odour: (A:) and these two, said of a stallion, he perceived the smell of the female: and of a beast of prey you say, الرِّيحَ ↓ أَرْوَحَ, and ↓ أَرَاحَهَا, and ↓ استراحها, and ↓ اِسْتَرْوَحَهَا, meaning he smelt, or perceived, the odour; and accord. to Lh, some say, رَاحَهَا; but this is seldom used. (TA) [It is asserted (in Har p. 324) that ↓ استراح is only from الرَّاحَةُ; but this assertion is of no weight against the authorities cited above.] It is said in a trad., مَنْ قَتَلَ نَفْسًا مُعَاهِدَةً لَمْ يَرَحٌ رَائِحَةَ الجَنَّةِ, (A 'Obeyd, S, Mgh, * Msb, *) or لم يَرِحْ, (AA, S, Msb,) or ↓ لم يُرِحْ, (Ks, S, Mgh, Msb,) i. e. [He who slays a person with whom he is on terms of peace, (or, as in' the TA, مُؤْمِنًا, i. e. a believer,)] he will not perceive the odour of Paradise: (S, Mgh, Msb:) As says, I know not whether it be from رِحْتُ or from أَرَحْتُ. (S.) You say also, مِنْهُ طِيبًا ↓ أَرْوَحْتُ I perceived from him (a man, S) a sweet odour. (S, A.) b3: [And hence, app.,] راح مِنْكَ مَعْرُوفًا, and ↓ اراحهُ, (assumed tropical:) He obtained from thee a favour, or benefit. (K.) A3: رَوِحَ, aor. ـْ inf. n. رَوَحٌ, He (a man) had the quality termed رَوَحٌ, [explained below, i. e. width in the space between the thighs or legs; &c.; or] a spreading in the fore part of each foot. (Lth, TA.) And رَوِحَتْ قَدَمُهُ His foot had the quality so termed. (TA.) 2 روّح [He fanned]. You say, روّح عَلَيْهِ بِالمِرْوَحَةِ [He fanned him with the fan]. (A, TA.) And اِحْتَاجُوا إِلَى التَّرْوِيحِ مِنَ الحَرِّ بِالمِرْوَحَةِ [They required to be fanned, by reason of the heat, with the fan]. (TA.) b2: Also, (A, Msb,) inf. n. تَرْوِيحٌ, (Msb,) He perfumed oil; rendered it sweet in odour, (A, Msb,) by putting perfume in it. (Msb.) b3: روّح عَنْهُ; and رَوِّحُوا بِنَا: see 4. b4: روّح بِهِمْ, (A, Mgh, Msb,) inf. n. as above, (A, Msb,) He performed with them the prayers termed التَّرَاوِيح. (A, Mgh, Msb.) b5: روّح having for its objects camels, and sheeep or goats: see 4. b6: رَوَّحْتُهُمْ: see رُحْتُ إِلَيْهِمْ, in the latter half of the first paragraph.3 أَنَا أُغَادِيهِ وَ أُرَاوِحُهُ: see 1, in the latter half of the paragraph. b2: المُرَاوَحَةُ فِى العَمَلَيْنِ, (S,) or بَيْنَ العَمَلَيْنِ, (Mgh, K,) signifies The doing the two deeds, or works, alternately; this one time, and that one time: (S, Mgh, K:) as, for instance, reading, or reciting, at one time, and writing at another time: (Mgh:) and المراوحة بين الرِّجْلَيْنِ the standing upon the two legs alternately; upon each in turn: and المراوحة بين الجَنْبَيْنِ the turning over [upon the two sides alternately, or] from side to side. (K.) You say, راوح بَيْنَ عَمَلَيْنِ [He did two deeds, or works, alternately; he alternated them]. (A.) And راوح بَيْنَ رِجْلَيْهِ He stood upon one of his legs one time and upon the other another time: (S, Mgh:) it is said also of one walking [as meaning he moved his legs alternately]. (A.) And it is said in a trad., كَانَ يُرَاوِحُ بَيْنَ قَدَمَيْهِ مِنْ طُولِ القِيَامِ He used to rest upon one of his feet one time and upon the other another time to give relief to each of them [in consequence of long standing]. (TA.) One says also, راوحهُ He did a thing with him by turns, each of them taking his turn [and so relieving the other: for المُرَاوَحَةُ signifies the giving mutual relief, or rest]. (TA in art. عقب.) [See also 6.]

A2: رَايَحَ, inf. n. مُرَايَحَةٌ: see 1, in the former part of the paragraph.4 اراح He breathed: (S, A, K:) said of a man, (A,) and of a horse. (S.) b2: [It emitted an odour:] it (a thing, Msb) stank; (S, Msb, K;) as also أَرْوَحَ: (Msb, TA:) the former said of flesh-meat, (S, K,) and of water; (K;) and so the latter: (TA:) or the latter, it became altered [for the worse] in odour; (Lh, S, M, A, Msb;) said of flesh-meat, (Lh, M, A, * Msb,) and of water, (Lh, S, M, A, Msb,) &c.; (S;) and so the former, said of water: (L, TA:) ISd makes a distinction between اروح and ↓ تروّح [q. v., as does also J,] said of water. (Msb, TA.) b3: Also, (inf. n. إِرَاحَةٌ, L,) He (a man, S, and a beast, Lh) revived, or his spirit returned to him, after fatigue; (Lh, S, K;) like ↓ استراح, q. v.: (TA:) and he had rest. (K.) b4: And [hence], (S, Msb, K,) inf. n. إِرَاحَةٌ, (TA,) or إِرْوَاحٌ, (Msb,) (assumed tropical:) He (a man) died; (S, Msb, K;) as though he found rest: and he (a camel) died, or perished. (TA.) You say, أَرَاحَ فَأَرَاحَ [He rested, i. e. had rest, and so rested others], meaning (assumed tropical:) he died, and so people became at rest from him. (A.) b5: [Hence also,] أَرَحْنَا بِالصَّلَاةِ We performed the act of prayer: because its performance is [a cause of] rest to the soul; the waiting for the time thereof being troublesome. (Msb.) b6: أَرَاحَتْ said of camels &c. [as though meaning They returned in the evening, or afternoon, to rest]: see 1, in the latter half of the paragraph. b7: اراح, inf. n. إِرَاحَةٌ and إِرَاحٌ, said of a man, His camels, and sheep or goats, and cattle, returned to him in the evening, or afternoon, from pasture. (L.) b8: And اراح, [app. for اراح بَعِيرَهُ,] like wise said of a man, He alighted from his camel to rest him and to alleviate him. (L.) b9: أَرَاحُوا, or أَرْوَحُوا: see 1, in the last quarter of the paragraph.

A2: أَرَاحَهُ and أَرْوَحَهُ, and اراح الرِّيحَ, &c.: see 1, in the last quarter of the paragraph, in twelve places. b2: اراحهُ, (S, A, Msb, K,) inf. n. إِرَاحَةٌ, (Msb, TA,) and ↓ رَاحَةٌ is a subst. used as an inf. n., [i. e. a quasi-inf. n.,] like طَاعَةٌ and عَارَةٌ used as inf. ns. of أَطَاعَهُ and أَعَارَهُ, (TA,) said of God, (S, K,) or of a man, (A, Msb,) He rested him, made him to be at rest or at ease, or gave him rest; (S, * A, * Msb;) namely, a hired man, (Msb,) or any man; as also عَنْهُ ↓ روّح: (TA:) and the former, He (God) caused him to enter into a state of rest, (K, TA,) or of mercy. (TA.) And بِنَا ↓ رَوِّحُوا (K in art. لث) Give ye us rest. (TK in that art.) And اراح بَعِيرَهُ He revived, or recovered, his camel. (TA.) b3: [Hence,] اراح النَّاسَ بِالصَّلَاةِ He chanted the call to prayer, and so made the people to ease their hearts by performing the act of prayer. (L.) b4: And اراح, (S, M, A, Msb, K,) inf. n. إِرَاحَةٌ; (M, Mgh;) accord. to one dial., هَرَاحَ, aor. ـَ (TA;) and ↓ روّح, (S, * A, TA,) inf. n. تَرْوِيحٌ; (S;) He (the pastor, Msb) drove back, or brought back, (S, M, Msb, K,) camels, (S, M, A, Mgh, Msb, K,) and sheep or goats, (M, A, * Mgh,) and cows or bulls, (A, * Mgh,) in the evening, or afternoon, (M, Msb,) after the declining of the sun from the meridian, (S,) [from their place of pasture,] to their nightly resting-place, (S, M, K,) or إِلَى أَهْلِهَا [and عَلَى أَهْلِهَا (for you say رَاحَتْ عَلَى أَهْلِهَا) i. e. to their owners]. (Msb.) b5: [Hence,] اراح عَلَيْهِ حَقَّهُ (assumed tropical:) He restored to him his right, or due; (S, K;) as also أَرْوَحَ. (K.) And the saying, in a trad., of Umm-Zara, اراح عَلَىَّ نَعَمًا ثَرِيًّا (assumed tropical:) He gave me much cattle: because she was [as though she were] a مُرَاح for his bounty. (L.) 5 تروّح [He fanned himself]. (A, TA.) and تروّح بِمِرْوَحَةٍ [He fanned himself with a fan]. (S, Msb, K.) رَأَيْتُهُمْ يَتَرَوَّحُونَ فِى الضُّحَى, occurring in a trad., means I saw them requiring the being fanned with the fan (التَّرْوِيح بِالمِرْوَحَة) by reason of the heat [in the morning after sunrise]: or it may mean returning to their tents or houses: or seeking rest. (TA.) b2: تروّحت الرَّائِحَةُ The odour exhaled, or diffused itself. (Msb.) b3: تروّح said of water, It acquired the odour of another thing by reason of its nearness thereto. (S, A, Msb, K.) See also 4. b4: See also 10: b5: and see 1, in five places. b6: تروّح said of herbage, It became tall: (S, K:) and in like manner said of trees; as well as in well as in another sense explained in the first paragraph. (TA.) b7: تَرَيُّحٌ, thought by ISd to be an inf. n., of which the verb is تَرَيَّحَ: see أَرْيَحِيَّةٌ.6 تَرَاوَحَا عَمَلًا (TA) and ↓ اِرْتَوَحَاهُ, (K, TA,) [like تَعَاوَرَاهُ and اِعْتَوَرَاهُ,] They two did a deed, or work, by turns, [resting by turns,] or alternately; syn. تَعَاقَبَاهُ. (K, TA.) And تراوحوا أَمْرًا They did a thing by turns; syn. تعاوروهُ. (TA.) [Hence,] إِنَّ يَدَيْهِ لَتَتَرَاوَحَانِ بِالمَعْرُوفِ (S, A *) [in the S, the context implies that the meaning is, Verily his two hands are occupied alternately in doing that which is kind, or beneficent: in the A, it is said to be tropical, and the context seems to indicate that the meaning is, (tropical:) his two hands vie, one with the other, in promptness to do that which is kind, or beneficent]. b2: تراوحوا لِبُيُوتِهِمْ and تراوحوا بُيُوتَهُمْ [They went in the evening, or afternoon, to their tents, or houses, app. meaning one to another's tent, or house, by turns]. (A.) [See also 3.]8 ارتاح, and its inf. n. اِرْتِيَاحٌ: see 1, in the former half of the paragraph, in ten places: b2: and see also 10.

A2: اِرْتَوَحَا عَمَلًا: see 6.10 اِسْتَرْوَحَ, said of a branch, (Msb, TA,) It became shaken by the wind: (TA:) or it inclined from side to side. (Msb.) b2: See also 1, near the beginning of the paragraph; and see اِسْتَرْوَحْتُ

إِلَى حَدِيثِهِ, and استراح الى حديثه, in the former part of the same paragraph. b3: Also, (K,) and استراح, (S, A, Msb, K,) [which latter is the more common in this sense,] and ↓ ارتاح, (TA,) and sometimes ↓ اراح, q. v., (Msb,) [and ↓ تروّح, as quasi-pass. of رَوَّحَ عَنْهُ or بِهِ,] said of a hired man, (Msb,) [and of any man,] He found, or experienced, rest, or ease; [was, or became, at rest, or at ease; rested;] (S, * A, * Msb, * K;) مِنْهُ [from him, or it], (A,) and بِهِ [by means of it]; (Msb;) from الرَّاحَةُ; (S;) quasi-pass. of أَرَحْتُهُ, (A, Msb,) and of أَرَاحَهُ اللّٰهُ. (S.) b4: استروح إِلَيْهِ (accord. to the S and K, but in other lexicons استراح, TA) He trusted to, or relied upon, him, or it, and became quiet, or easy, in mind. (S, K, TA.) b5: See also 1, in the last quarter of the paragraph, in seven places.

A2: استروح المَطَرُ الشَّجَرَ The rain revived the trees. (L.) رَاحٌ Windy; applied to a day: (TA:) or, so applied, violently-windy; (S, Mgh, Msb, K;) as also ↓ رَائِحٌ, which is the original form, (Msb,) or may be so: (TA:) fem. of the former with ة, applied to a night (لَيْلَةٌ). (A, TA.) [See also رَيِّحٌ.] One says, هٰذِهِ لَيْلَةٌ رَاحَةٌ لِلْمَكْرُوبِ فِيهَا رَاحَةٌ [This is a windy night: the oppressed in mind has rest therein]. (A.) A2: It is also syn. with اِرْتِيَاحٌ. (S, L, K. [See 1, near the beginning of the paragraph.]) b2: And [hence,] Wine; (S, A, * K;) as also ↓ رَيَاحٌ: (S, K:) so called because the drinker thereof becomes brisk, lively, or sprightly; or, accord. to IHsh, because he becomes affected with briskness, liveliness, or sprightliness, disposing him to generous actions: in the L, [which mentions these two words in art. ريح,] the ا in the former word is said to be substituted for ى [and hence the ى in the latter if such be the case]. (TA.) A3: See also رَاحَةٌ, in four places.

رَوْحٌ, as an epithet; fem. with ة: see رَيِّحٌ, in two places.

A2: Also A gentle wind; a gentle gale; a breeze; the commencement of a wind before it becomes strong; or the breath of the wind when weak: (S, K, TA:) or the cold, or coolness, of such gentle wind. (A, TA.) b2: I. q.

نفس [app. نَفَسٌ i. e. Breath; like رُوحٌ]: said to be the primary signification: (MF:) or spirit; [like رُوحٌ;] syn. نَفْسٌ; as in the saying, أَحْيَا النَّاسَ بِرَوْحِهِ [He (meaning God) hath quickened, or vivified, mankind with his spirit: or perhaps the right reading is بِرُوحِهِ]. (A.) b3: See also رَاحَةٌ, with which it is syn. (S, K.) b4: Also (assumed tropical:) Joy, happiness, or gladness; (AA, MF, TA;) said to be a metaphorical meaning, from the same word as syn. with نفس; (MF;) and ↓ رُوحٌ likewise has this meaning: (IAar, TA:) or the former, rest, or ease, from grief, or sorrow, of heart. (As, TA.) In the saying of 'Alee, فَبَاشَرُوا رَوْحَ اليَقِينِ or اليقين ↓ رُوحَ, the phrase روح اليقين is thought by ISd to mean (assumed tropical:) The joy and happiness that arise from certainty. (TA. [See art. بشر.]) b5: Also (assumed tropical:) Mercy (S, K, TA) of God; thus called as being a cause of rest, or ease; (TA;) and so ↓ رِيحٌ; (K;) and ↓ رَيْحَانٌ; (L;) and ↓ رُوحٌ is said by Az to have this meaning in the Kur iv.

169: the pl. of the first of these three words [and of the last, and accord. to some a pl. of the second also,] is أَرْوَاحٌ. (TA.) رُوحٌ The soul, spirit, or vital principle; syn. نَفْسٌ; (IAar, IAmb, L, Msb, TA, and S and K &c. in art. نفس; [but there is a difference between these two words, for they are not always interchangeable, as I have shown in art. نفس;]) [i. e.]

مَا بِهِ حَيَاةُ الأَنْفُسِ; (K; [see also رَوْحٌ, third sentence;]) often occurring in the Kur and the Traditions in different senses, but generally signifying [as explained above, i. e.] the vital principle; (IAth, TA;) [or the nervous fluid; or animal spirit;] a subtile vaporous substance, which is the principle of vitality and of sensation and of voluntary motion; also called the رُوح حَيَوَانِىّ; (KT in explanation of the term نَفْسٌ;) or a subtile body, the source of which is the hollow of the corporeal heart, and which diffuses itself into all the other parts of the body by means of the pulsing veins, or arteries: (KT in explanation of the term الرُّوحُ الحَيَوَانِىُّ: [so too نَفْسٌ; q. v.: see also Gen. ix. 4: many of the ancients believed the soul to reside in the blood: see Aristotle, De Anim. i. 2, and Virgil's Æn. ix. 349:]) or the vital principle in man: (Fr, TA:) or the breath which a man breathes, and which pervades the whole body: [and this seems to be the original idea expressed by the word:] after its exit, he ceases to breathe; and when it has completely gone forth, his eyes remain gazing towards it until they close; called in Pers\. جَانْ: (AHeyth, TA:) accord. to the Sunnees, the rational soul, (النَّفْسُ النَّاطِقَةُ, [also termed الرُّوحُ الإِنْسَانِىُّ,]) which is adapted to the faculty of making known its ideas by means of speech, and of understanding speech, and which perishes not with the perishing of the body, being a substance, not an accident; as is shown by the words in the Kur iii. 163, which refer to the روح: (Msb:) most of the doctors of the fundamentals of religion forbid the diving into this matter, because God has abstained from making it known: (TA:) the philosophers say that it is the blood, by the exhausting of which the life ceases: (Msb:) the word is masc., (IAar, IAmb, Az, S, M, A, Msb, K, *) thus, with the Arabs, differing from نَفْسٌ, for this they make fem., (IAar, IAmb, Msb,) but the former is also fem., (S, M, A, Msb, K,) app. as meaning نَفْسٌ, (Msb,) as is said in the R; (TA;) and most hold it to be as often fem. as it is masc.: (MF:) one says خَرَجَ رُوحُهُ (IAar, Az, TA) [and also خَرَجَتْ رُوحُهُ, meaning His soul departed, or went forth]: the pl. is أَرْوَاحٌ. (S, Msb.) b2: Also i. q. نَفْخٌ (K) [properly A blowing with the mouth; but here] meaning wind that issues from the رُوح; (TA;) wind, or breath. (ADk, TA.) Dhu-r-Rummeh says, respecting fire that he had struck, and upon which he bade his companion to blow, أَحْيِهَا بِرُوحِكَ Give life to it, or enliven it, with thy wind [or breath]. (TA.) And one says, مَلَأَ القِرْبَةَ مِنْ رُوحِهِ He filled the skin with his wind; with his breath. (ADk, TA.) b3: [Hence,] الرُّوحُ also signifies (assumed tropical:) Inspiration, or divine revelation; (Zj, Th, K;) such as is imparted by means of an angel: thus in the Kur xvi. 2 and xl. 15: so called because it quickens from the death of infidelity, and thus is, to a man, like the رُوح which is the vital principle of his body: (T:) or (so says Zj accord. to the L, but in the K “ and ” ) the prophetic commission. (Zj, K.) b4: And (assumed tropical:) The Kur-án; (IAar, Zj, S, * A, * K;) whereby God's creatures are [spiritually] quickened, and guided to the right way. (TA.) So in the trad., تَحَايَوْا بِذِكْرِ اللّٰهِ وَ رُوحِهِ (tropical:) [Revive yourselves with God's book of religion and religious laws, (or ذِكْر may here have some other meaning,) and his Kur-án]. (TA. [Mentioned also in the A; in a copy of which, in the place of تَحَايَوْا, I find تَحَابُوا, an evident mistranscription.]) b5: And (assumed tropical:) What God ordains and commands (K, TA) by means of his assistants and angels. (TA.) b6: Also Jibreel [i. e. Gabriel]; (S, * A, * K;) called in the Kur [xxvi. 193] الرُّوحُ الأَمِينُ, and [in ii. 81] رُوحُ القُدُسِ or القُدْسِ, as related by Az on the authority of Th. (TA.) [The last of these appellations, or generally, but incorrectly, الرُّوحُ القُدُسُ, is applied by the Eastern Christians among the Arabs to The Holy Spirit; the Third Person of the Trinity.] b7: And [sometimes Our Lord] Jesus. (S, * A, * K.) b8: And A certain angel, (I'Ab, K,) in the Seventh Heaven, (I'Ab, TA,) whose face is like that of a man, and his body like that of the [other] angels: (I'Ab, K:) or certain creatures resembling mankind, but not men: so in the Kur lxxviii. 38: (Zj:) or the watchers over the angels who are watchers over the sons of Adam, whose faces are said to be like the faces of men, and whom the other angels see not, like as we see not the watchers nor the [other] angels. (Th.) b9: See also رَوْحٌ, in three places.

A2: Also pl. of رَؤُوحٌ: (L:) b2: and of أَرْوَحُ. (S &c.) رَوَحٌ: see رَائِحٌ, of which it is said to be a quasi-pl. n., in three places.

A2: Also Width, wideness, or ampleness. (S, K.) El-Mutanakhkhil [in the TA El-Muntakhal] El-Hudhalee says, لٰكِنْ كَبِيرُ بْنُ هِنْدٍ يَوْمَ ذٰلِكُمُ فُتْخُ الشَّمَائِلِ فِى أَيْمَانِهِمْ رَوَحُ (S, TA,) meaning But Kebeer Ibn-Hind, a tribe of Hudheyl, on that day, were lax in the joints of the left hands by reason of vehement pulling [of the bows], having wideness in their right hands by reason of vehement striking with the sword. (TA.) b2: And [particularly] Width, or wideness, in the space between the thighs: (TA:) or width, or wideness, (S, Mgh, K,) in, (S, K,) or of, (Mgh,) [or between,] the two legs, (S, Mgh, K,) less than what is termed فَحَجٌ, (S, K,) or less than فَجَجٌ, (A, Mgh,) with wideness between the fore parts of the feet, and nearness of the heels, each to the other: (S:) or [simply] wideness between the fore parts of the feet, and nearness of the heels, each to the other: (Msb:) or a spreading in the fore part of each foot: (Lth, Mgh, Msb:) or a turning over of the foot upon its outer side: IAar says that رَوَحٌ in the legs is less than فَدَعٌ, and this is less than عَقَلٌ. (TA.) A3: هٰذَا الأَمْرُ بَيْنَنَا رَوَحٌ means This is a thing, or an affair, which we do by turns; as also عَوَرٌ. (TA.) رِيحٌ originally رِوْحٌ, the و being changed into ى because of the preceding kesreh, (T, S, Msb,) as is shown by its dim. mentioned below; (T, Msb;) Sb held it to be of the measure فِعْلٌ; and Abu-l-Hasan, فِعْلٌ and فُعْلٌ; [if the latter, originally رُيْحٌ;] (TA;) [Wind; i. e.] the air that is made to obey [the will of God] and to run its course between heaven and earth: (Msb, TA:) or the breath (نَسِيم) of the air; and in like manner, of anything: (L, TA:) said to be thus called because it generally brings رَوْح and رَاحَة [i. e. rest, or ease]: (IAmb, MF:) one says رِيحٌ and ↓ رِيحَةٌ, like دَارٌ and دَارَةٌ; (S;) [using the latter as a more special term; for] رِيحَةٌ signifies a portion of wind (طَائِفَةٌ مِنْ رِيحٍ) [meaning a wind of short duration; or a breath, puff, blast, or gust, of wind]; (Sb, M;) but رِيحٌ and ↓ رِيحَةٌ may be used in the same sense; i. e. the latter may be used as syn. with the former, and they are mentioned by some [as analogous] with كَوْكَبٌ and كَوْكَبَةٌ: (Sb, L:) رِيْح is of the fem. gender (IAmb, L, Msb) in most cases; (Msb;) and all the other names for wind are fem. except إِعْصَارٌ, which is masc.; (IAmb, Msb;) but ريح is sometimes made masc. as meaning هَوَآءٌ: (Az, Msb:) [it is used by physicians as signifying flatus, flatuosity, or flatulence; as in the phrase رِيحٌ غَلِيظَةٌ a gross flatus:] the pl. [of pauc.] is أَرْوَاحٌ (S, Mgh, Msb, K, &c.) and أَرْيَاحٌ, (S, Msb, K,) the latter used by some, but disallowed by AHát because there is in it no kesreh to cause the و to be changed into ى, (L, Msb,) and [the pl. of mult. is] رِيَاحٌ, (S, Mgh, Msb, K, &c.,) with ى because of the kesreh, (Msb,) and رِيَحٌ; (K, but not found by SM in any other lexicon;) and the pl. pl. is أَرَاوِيحُ [pl. of أَرْوَاحٌ] and أَرَايِيحُ [pl. of أَرْيَاحٌ]: (K:) the dim. of رِيحٌ is ↓ رُوَيْحَةٌ. (T, Msb.) رِيَاحٌ, or another form of pl., is often used in a good sense; and the sing., in an evil sense; because the Arabs say that the clouds are not made to give rain save by diverse winds blowing together; and this distinction is observed in the Kurn. (L.) Hence, it is related in a trad., that he [Mohammad] used to say, when wind rose, اَللّٰهُمَّ اجْعَلْهَا رِيَاحًا وَ لَا تَجْعَلْهَا رِيحًا [O God, make it to be winds, and made it not to be a wind]. (TA.) [But this distinction is not always observed.] One says, فُلَانٌ يَمِيلُ مَعَ كُلِّ رِيحٍ (tropical:) [Such a one inclines, or turns, with every wind]. (TA.) And فُلَانٌ كَالرِّيحِ المُرْسَلَةِ [Such a one is like the wind that is sent forth to drive the clouds, and produce rain; (see the Kur xxv.

50;)] meaning, (tropical:) quick, or prompt, to do acts of kindness, or beneficence. (A.) And رَجُلٌ سَاكِنُ الرِّيحِ (tropical:) A man who is calm, sedate, staid, or grave. (A.) b2: Also (assumed tropical:) Predominance, or prevalence; and power, or force. (S, K.) A poet says, (S,) namely, Suleyk Ibn-Es-Sulakeh, or Taäbbata-Sharrà, or Aashà of the tribe of Fahm, (TA, and so in one of my copies of the S,) أَتَنْظُرَانِ قَلِيلًا رَيْثَ غَفْلَتِهِمْ

أَوْ تَعْدُوَانِ فَإِنَّ الرِّيحَ لِلْعَادِى (assumed tropical:) [Will ye two await, a little, the time of their inadvertence, or will ye act aggressively? for prevalence is for the aggressor]. (S.) and hence the phrase in the Kur [viii. 48], وَ تَذْهَبَ رِيحُكُمْ (assumed tropical:) [And your predominance, or power, depart]: (S:) [or in this latter instance it has the meaning next following.] b3: (tropical:) Aid against an enemy; or victory, or conquest: (K, TA:) and (tropical:) a turn of good fortune. (A, K, TA.) One says, ذَهَبَتْ رِيحُهُمْ (tropical:) Their turn of good fortune departed. (A.) And إِذَا هَبَّتْ رِيَاحُكَ فَاغْتَنِمْهَا (tropical:) [When thy turns of good fortune come, avail thyself of them]. (A.) And الرِّيحُ لِآلِ فُلَانٍ (tropical:) Aid against the enemy, or victory or conquest, or the turn of good fortune, is to the family of such a one. (TA.) b4: See also رَوْحٌ. b5: And see رَائِحَةٌ (with which it is syn.), in four places. b6: Also (assumed tropical:) A good, sweet, or pleasant, thing. (K.) b7: The pl. أَرْوَاحٌ occurs in a trad. as meaning (tropical:) The jinn, or genii; because they are [supposed to be often] invisible, like the wind. (TA.) رَاحَةٌ Rest, repose, or ease; contr. of تَعَبٌ; (TA;) cessation of trouble, or inconvenience, and of toil, or fatigue; (Msb;) [or freedom therefrom;] and ↓ رَوْحٌ signifies the same as رَاحَةٌ, (S, A, K,) from الاِسْتِرَاحَةُ; (S, A;) like ↓ رَوَاحٌ [mentioned in the first paragraph as an inf. n. in a similar sense, as are also رَاحَةٌ and ↓ رَوْحَةٌ and ↓ رَوَاحَةٌ and ↓ رَوِيحَةٌ, i. e., as meaning the experiencing relief from grief &c.]. (TA.) Yousay, ↓ مَا لِفُلَانٍ فِى هٰذَا الأَمْرِ مِنْ رَوَاحٍ i. e. رَاحَةٍ

[There is not, for such a one, in this affair, or case, or event, any rest, &c.]. (TA.) And اِفْعَلْ

↓ ذٰلِكَ فِى سَرَاحٍ وَ رَوَاحٍ (tropical:) Do thou that in a state of ease (S, A, K) and rest. (A.) b2: See also 4, near the middle of the paragraph.

A2: (assumed tropical:) A wife; syn. عِرْسٌ: (K:) because one trusts to her, or relies upon her, and becomes quiet, or easy, in mind. (TA.) A3: The hand; syn. كَفٌّ: (S, K:) or [rather] the palm of the hand; (Msb, MF;) for the term كَفّ includes the راحة with the fingers: (MF:) pl. ↓ رَاحٌ, (S, A, * Msb, K, *) [or rather this, said in the K to be syn. with رَاحَاتٌ, is a coll. gen. n., of which رَاحَةٌ is the n. un.,] and [the pl. is] رَاحَاتٌ. (Msb, K.) You say, دَفَعُوهُ

↓ بِالرَّاحِ [They pushed him with the palms of the hands]. (A.) The saying of a poet, ↓ إِذَا دَلَكَتْ شَمْسُ النَّهَارِ بِرَاحِ is explained as meaning When the sun of day has set, and men, looking towards it, shield themselves from its rays with the palms of their hands: or, accord. to IAar, when the [sun of] day has become dark, by reason of the dust of battle, and it is as though it were setting, and people have found rest from its heat. (L. [See also بَرَاحٌ, in art. برح; where other readings are mentioned.]) b2: [Hence, app., as seems to be indicated in the TA,] رَاحَةُ الكَلْبِ (tropical:) A certain plant. (K, TA.) b3: And ذُو الرَّاحَةِ (assumed tropical:) A sword of El-Mukhtár Ibn-Abee-' Obeyd (K, TA) Eth-Thakafee. (TA.) b4: رَاحَةٌ also signifies A court, an open area, or a yard, (K, TA,) of a house. (TA.) One says, تَرَكْتُهُ أَنْقَى مِنَ الرَّاحَةِ (K, TA) i. e. I left him, or it, more clear than the court, open area, or yard, [of a house,] or than the palm of the hand; (TA;) meaning, (assumed tropical:) without anything. (K, TA.) b5: And ↓ رَاحٌ signifies also Plain and open tracts of land, producing much herbage, (ISh, K,) hard, but comprising soft places and [what are termed] جَرَاثِيم [pl. of جُرْثُومَةٌ, q. v.], not forming any part of [the bed of] a torrent nor of a valley; (ISh;) one whereof is termed رَاحَةٌ. (ISh, K.) b6: Also The plicature of a garment, or piece of cloth: (K, TA:) or the original plicature thereof: so in the saying, in a trad., respecting a new garment, or piece of cloth, اِطْوِهِ عَلَى رَاحَتِهِ [Fold thou it in the manner of its original plicature]. (TA.) رَوْحَةٌ: see رَاحَةٌ. b2: Also A journey in the evening, or afternoon: an inf. n. of un. of رَاحَ: (L:) pl. رَوْحَاتٌ. (Ham p. 521.) And The space of a journey in the afternoon, or evening. (L.) A2: [Also, as seems to be indicated in the TA, The outer side of each of the legs of a man when bowed: see رَوَحٌ.]

رِيحَةٌ: see رِيحٌ, in two places: A2: and see also رَيِّحَةٌ.

رِيحِىٌّ Of, or relating to, wind: flatulent; as in the phrase قَوْلَنْجٌ رِيحِىٌّ flatulent colic.]

رَيْحَانٌ a word respecting the formation of which there are different opinions; many saying that its medial radical letter is و, and its original form رَيْوَحَانٌ, as may be argued from the form of its dim., mentioned below; (Msb;) others, that its original form is رَوْيَحَانٌ; (MF;) and others, that its medial radical letter is ى, and that it is of the same measure as شَيْطَانٌ, as may be argued from the form of its pl., mentioned below; (Msb;) A certain plant, (S, K,) well known, (S,) of sweet odour; (K;) the شَاهَسْفَرَم [or شَاهِسْفَرَم, i. e. basil-royal, or common sweet basil, ocimum basilicum, the seed of which (called بِزْرُ الرَّيْحَانِ) is used in medicine]: (Mgh: [see also حَبَقٌ:]) or any sweet-smelling plant; (T, Mgh, Msb, K;) but when used absolutely by the vulgar, a particular plant [that mentioned above] is meant thereby: (Msb:) or the extremities thereof; (K;) i. e. the extremities of any sweet-smelling herb, when the first of its blossoms come forth upon it: (TA:) or the leaves thereof: (K:) or the leaves of seed-produce: so, accord. to Fr, in the Kur lv. 11: (S, TA:) [it is a coll. gen. n.:] the n. un. is with ة; (TA;) and is applied to a bunch (طَاقَةٌ) of رَيْحَان; and, with the article ال, (as a proper name, TA,) the حَنْوَة [a certain plant respecting which authors differ]: (K:) the dim. of رَيْحَانٌ is رُوَيْحِينٌ: (Msb:) and the pl. is رَيَاحِينُ. (Mgh, Msb) رَيْحَانُ الحَبَاحِمِ: and رَيْحَانُ الشُّيُوخِ: see حَبَقٌ. رَيْحَانُ القُبُورِ is a name of The مِرْسِين [or myrtle-tree]. (TA in art. مرس.) b2: (tropical:) Offspring; (L, K, TA;) from the same word as signifying “ any sweet-smelling plant; (Ham p. 713;) or from the same word in the sense next following: (L:) [a coll. gen. n.: n. un. with ة; whence,] رِيْحَانَنَىَّ [meaning (tropical:) My two descendants] occurs in a saying of Mohammad as applied to El-Hasan and El-Hoseyn. (TA.) b3: (tropical:) A bounty, or gift, of God; such as the means of subsistence, &c.; syn. رِزْقٌ: (S, L, K, TA:) said to be of the dial. of Himyer. (MF.) So in the saying, خَرَجْتُ أَبْتَغِى رَيْحَانَ اللّٰهِ (tropical:) [I went forth seeking, or seeking diligently, the bounty, &c., of God]. (AO, S, TA.) And in a verse of En-Nemir Ibn-Towlab cited voce دِرَّةٌ. (S, TA.) And in the saying, in a trad., الوَلَدُ مِنْ رَيْحَانِ اللّٰهِ (tropical:) [Offspring are of the bounty of God]. (S, TA.) b4: It is also used (S, K) in the accus. case as an inf. n. [forming an absolute complement of a verb understood], (S,) in the sense of اِسْتِرْزَاق: so in the saying, سُبْحَانَ اللّٰهِ وَ رَيْحَانَهُ (assumed tropical:) [I extol, or celebrate, or declare, the absolute perfection, or glory, or purity, of God, and beg his bounty, or his supply of the means of subsistence]. (S, K.) b5: See also رَوْحٌ.

رَوْحَانِىٌّ, with fet-h to the ر, applied to a place, Good, or pleasant [app., like رَيِّحٌ, in respect of wind or air]. (S, TA.) b2: See also what next follows.

رُوحَانِىٌّ, with damm to the ر, (S, A, K, &c.,) and ↓ رَوْحَانِىٌّ, with fet-h, but this latter is deemed strange by the lexicologists [as syn. with the former], (MF,) app. rel. ns., from رَوحٌ [in the former instance], or from رَوْحٌ meaning the “ breath of the wind when weak ” [in the latter instance], extraordinary in form, with ا and ن added to the usual form of the rel. n.: (TA:) Of, or relating to, the angels and the jinn or genii: (S, A, * K:) in this sense Abu-l-Khattáb asserts himself to have heard the former used: (S:) accord. to AO, it is applied by the Arabs to anything having in it a soul, or spirit, (Sb, S,) whether a human being or a beast: (Sb:) or it has this signification also: (K:) accord. to Wardán Aboo-Khálid, as related by ISh, among the angles are those who are termed رُوحَانِيُّونَ, and those who are created of light; and of the former are Jibreel and Meekáeel and Isráfeel: and ISh adds that the روحانيّون are souls, or spirits, which have not bodies; [spiritual beings;] and that the term روحانىّ is not applied to anything save what is of this description, such as the angles and the jinn and the like: and this is the correct explanation; not that of Ibn-El-Mudhaffar, that it signifies that into which, a soul, or spirit, has been blown. (T, TA.) الحَبَقُ الرَّيْحَانِىُّ: see حَبَقٌ.

رَوَاحٌ: see رَاحَةٌ, in three places. b2: It is also an inf. n. of رَاحَ, [q. v.,] signifying the contr. of غُدُوٌ. (S.) b3: And it signifies also The evening; (K;) or the afternoon, from the declining of the sun from the meridian until night. (S, K.) One says, سَارُوا رَوَاحًا [They journeyed in the evening, or afternoon]. (TA.) And ↓ لَقِيتُهُ رَائِحَةً I met him in the evening, or afternoon. (A.) And خَرَجْوا بِرَوَاحٍ مِنَ العَشِىِّ, (S, K,) and من العشىّ ↓ بِرِيَاحٍ, (so in the T, A, L, and K,) or ↓ بِرَيَاحٍ, (so in the S,) and من العشىّ ↓ بِأَرْوَاحٍ, (A, K,) using a pl. form, (TA,) meaning the same, (S,) or They went forth in the beginning of the evening, (K,) or (tropical:) when there were yet some remains of the evening. (A.) And أَتَى فُلَانٌ وَ عَلَيْهِ مِنَ النَّهَارِ

↓ رِيَاحٌ, and ↓ أَرْوَنحٌ (tropical:) [Such a one came when there were yet some remains for him of day]. (A.) رَيَاحٌ: see رَاحٌ: A2: and see also رَوَاحٌ.

رِيَاحٌ: see رَوَاحٌ, in two places.

رَؤُوحٌ: see رَائِحٌ.

رَيُوحٌ: see رَيِّحٌ, below.

رَوَاحَةٌ: see رَاحَةٌ.

رَوِيحَةٌ: see رَاحَةٌ.

رُوَيْحَةٌ dim. of رِيحٌ, q. v. (T, Msb.) يَوْمٌ رَيِّحٌ A day of good, or pleasant, wind; (S, Mgh, Msb, K;) as also ↓ يَوْمٌ رَوْحٌ and ↓ رَيُوحٌ; (TA;) or these two signify a good, or pleasant, day: (S:) and ↓ لَيْلَةٌ رَوْحَةٌ a good, or pleasant, night; (K;) or a night of good, or pleasant, wind; as also رَيِّحَةٌ and ↓ رَائِحَةٌ: (TA:) and مَكَانٌ رَيِّحٌ a place of good, or pleasant, wind: (S: [see also رَوْحَانِىٌّ:]) or, accord. to Lth, (TA,) and the Kifáyet el-Mutahaffidh, (Msb,) يَوْمٌ رَيِّحٌ signifies a violently-windy day; like يَوْمٌ رَاحٌ [before mentioned]. (Mgh, Msb, TA.) رَيِّحَةٌ and ↓ رِيحَةٌ A certain plant that appears at the roots, or lower parts, of the عِضَاه, remaining from the preceding year: or what grows when affected by the cold, without rain: (K:) in the T, the former is expl. as signifying a plant that becomes green after its leaves and the upper parts of its branches have dried: (TA: [see also رَبْلٌ:]) this term is applied to the حُلَّب, the نَصِىّ, the رُخَامَى, and the مَكْنَان. (TA in art. حلب.) رَوَّاحٌ [(assumed tropical:) Very brisk, lively, sprightly, active, agile, prompt, or quick]. b2: See also رَائِحٌ.

رَوَّاحَةٌ A flock of sheep or goats. (L.) رَائِحٌ, applied to a day; and رَائِحَةٌ, applied to a night (لَيْلَةٌ): see رَاحٌ; and رَيِّحٌ. [In each case it probably has both of the meanings assigned under these two heads.] b2: Also Going, or returning, [or journeying, or working, or doing a thing, (see its verb, 1,)] in the evening, or in the afternoon: (L:) [and going, or journeying, at any time of the night or day: (see, again, its verb:)] and in like manner, [but in an intensive sense,] ↓ رَؤُوحٌ, of which the pl. is رُوحٌ; and ↓ رَوَّاحٌ, of which the pl. is رَوَّاحُونَ, it having no broken pl.: (L:) ↓ رَوَحٌ is pl., (S, K,) or [rather] a quasi-pl. n., (L,) of رَائِحٌ, (S, L, K,) like as خَدَمٌ is of خَادِمٌ. (S, L.) قَوْمُكَ رَائِحٌ [Thy people, or party, are, or is, going, &c.] is a phrase of the Arabs mentioned by Lh on the authority of Ks; but he says that it is only used thus, with a determinate noun; i. e., that one does not say قَوْمٌ رَائِحٌ [though this is agreeable with analogy, as well as قَوْمٌ رَائِحَةٌ and قَوْمٌ رَائِحُونَ]: one says also ↓ قَوْمٌ رَوَحٌ and رُوحٌ. (L, TA.) And one says إِبِلٌ رَائِحَةٌ Camels returning in the evening, or afternoon, from pasture. (Msb.) [Hence,] مَا لَهُ سَارِحَةٌ وَ لَا رَائِحَةٌ [lit. He has not any camels, &c., that go away to pasture, nor any that return from pasture], meaning (assumed tropical:) he has not anything: (S:) and sometimes it means (assumed tropical:) he has not any people, or party. (Lh, TA in art. سرح.) أَعْطَانِى

رَائِحَةٍ زَوْجًا occurs in a trad. as meaning He gave me, of every kind of cattle that returned to him from pasture, a portion, or sort: and in another, مَالٌ رَائِحٌ, as meaning (assumed tropical:) [Property, or cattle,] of which the profit and recompense return to one: or in each, as some relate it, the word is with ب [i. e. رَابِحَة and رَابِح]. (TA.) ↓ طَيْرٌ رَوَحٌ meansBirds in a state of dispersion: or returning in the evening, or afternoon, (S, K,) to their places, (S,) or to their nests: (K:) or, accord. to the T, رَوَحٌ in this case is for رَوَحَةٌ, [a pl. of رَائِحٌ,] like كَفَرَةٌ and فَجَرَةٌ, [pls. of كَافِرٌ and فَاجِرٌ,] and means, in this instance, in a state of dispersion. (TA.) b3: Also, [used as a subst., or an epithet in which the quality of a subst. is predominant,] A wild bull: so in the saying of El-' Ajjáj, عَالَيْتُ أَنْسَاعِى وَ جُِلْبَ الكُورِ عَلَى سَرَاةِ رَائِحٍ مَمْطُورِ i. e. [I put my plaited thongs, and the curved pieces of wood, or the cover, of the camel's saddle, upon the back of (a camel like)] a wild bull rained upon; for when he is rained upon, he runs vehemently: (S, TA:) but the reading commonly known is, بَلْ خِلْتُ أَعْلَاقِى وَ جُِلْبَ كُورِ [Nay, or nay rather, I fancied my bags for travelling-provisions &c. that were hung upon my camel, and the curved pieces of wood of my camel's saddle]. (IB, TA in art. جلب. [اعلاقى is there explained as meaning “ my things that I held in high estimation: ” but the rendering that I have given I consider preferable.]) رَائِحَةٌ [fem. of رَائِحٌ, used as a subst.,] and ↓ رِيحٌ both signify the same; (S, Mgh, Msb, K;) i. e. An accidental property or quality that is perceived by the sense of smelling; [or rather an exhalation that is so perceived; meaning odour, scent, or smell;] (Mgh, Msb;) syn. نَسِيمٌ; whether sweet or stinking: (K:) and the former, a sweet odour which one perceives in the نَسِيم [or breath of the wind]: (L:) ↓ the latter is fem. [like the former]: (Msb:) the pl. of the former is رَوَائِحُ; and El-Hulwánee mentions أَرَايِيحُ as pl. of أَرْيَاحٌ [which is pl. of ↓ رِيحٌ, under which see its other pls.]. (Mgh.) You say, الشَّىْءِ ↓ وَجَدْتُ رِيحَ and رَائِحَتَهُ in the same sense [i. e. I perceived the odour of the thing]. (S.) And لِهٰذِهِ البَقْلَةِ رَائِحَةٌ طَيِّبَةٌ [This herb, or leguminous plant, has a sweet odour]. (L.) b2: It is said in the K, that مَا فِى وَجْهِهِ رَائِحَةٌ means (tropical:) There is not in his face any blood: but [SM says that] this requires consideration; for, accord. to A'Obeyd, one says, أَتَانَا فُلَانٌ وَ مَا فِى وَجْهِهِ رَائِحَةُ دَمٍ مِنْ الفَرَقِ (tropical:) [Such a one came to us not having in his face any tinge of blood by reason of fright, or fear]: and accord. to the A [and the Mgh], one says of a person who has come in fright, or fear, أَتَانَا وَ مَا فِى رَجْهِهِ رَائِحَةُ دَمٍ: (TA:) [accord. to Mtr, however,] one sometimes says, وَ مَا فِى وَجْهِهِ رَائِحَةٌ, without adding دم; and an instance of this occurs in a trad. of Aboo-Jahl. (Mgh.) b3: رَائِحَةٌ also signifies A rain of the evening or afternoon: (Lh, K:) or, as Lh says on one occasion, [simply] rain: (TA:) pl. رَوَائِحُ. (Lh, K.) b4: [And] A cloud (سَحَابَةٌ) that comes in the evening or afternoon. (Har p. 667.) b5: See also رَوَاحٌ.

أَرْوَاحُ [More, and most, conducive to rest or ease]. (K in art. مخر.) A2: Also Having the quality termed رَوَحٌ [q. v.] (Lth, A, Mgh, Msb, K) in the thighs, (TA,) or in the legs, (S, A, * Mgh, * K,) and feet, (S,) or in the feet: (Lth, Mgh, Msb:) fem. رَوْحَآءُ: (S, Msb:) and pl. رُوحٌ. (S.) Such was 'Omar; (K, TA;) appearing as though he were riding when others were walking: (TA:) and such is every ostrich. (S, TA.) You say also قَدَمٌ رَوْحَآءُ, meaning A foot spreading in its fore part: (Lth, Mgh, TA:) or turning over upon its outer side. (TA.) b2: Also, and ↓ أَرْيَحُ, (K,) or the latter only is correct in this case, (TA,) Wide; applied to a مَحْمِل [q. v.]: (K, TA:) and so the latter applied to anything: (Lth, TA:) so too the former applied to a [bowl such as is termed]

قَدَح: and the same also signifies shallow; applied to a vessel: (TA:) and so رَوْحَآءُ; applied to a [bowl such as is termed] قَصْعَة. (S, A, K.) أَرْيَحُ: see the next preceding paragraph.

أَرْيَحِىٌّ (tropical:) Large, or liberal, in disposition; (S, K, TA;) characterized by alacrity, cheerfulness, briskness, liveliness, or sprightliness, disposing him to promptness in acts of liberality, kindness, or beneficence: (S, * A, L, K: *) the former ى is said by AAF to be substituted for و: (TA. Mentioned in the L in the present art. and in art. ريح.) The Arabs have many epithets like this, [as أَجْوَلِىٌّ and أَحْوَذِىٌّ and أَحْوَزِىٌّ and أَلْمَعِىٌّ,] of the meansure أَفْعَلِىٌّ, as though they were rel. ns. (TA.) b2: It is also an epithet applied to a sword, meaning (assumed tropical:) That shakes, (TA, and Ham p. 358,) as though brisk, or prompt, to strike: (Ham:) or meaning of Aryah, a town of Syria, (TA and Ham, [in the latter of which the phrase سُيُوفَ

أَرْيَحَ is cited in confirmation from a poem of Sakhr el-Ghei,]) or a tribe of El-Yemen. (TA.) أَرْيَحِيَّةٌ (tropical:) Largeness, or liberality, of disposition; (S, K, TA;) alacrity, cheerfulness, briskness, liveliness, or sprightliness, disposing one to promptness in acts of liberality, kindness, or beneficence: (S, * A, L, K: *) the former ى is said by AAF to be substituted for و: (TA:) ↓ تَرَيُّحٌ, accord. to Lh, signifies the same, and ISd thinks it to be an inf. n., of which the verb is تَرَيَّحَ. (L: in which these two ns. are mentioned in the present art. and in art. ريح. [See also رَاحٌ: and see 1.]) You say, أَخَذَتْهُ الأَرْيَحِيَّةُ, (S, L, K,) or أَرْيَحِيَّةٌ إِلَى النَّدَى, (A,) i. e. (tropical:) Alacrity, cheerfulness, &c., disposing him to promptness in acts of liberality, affected him. (S, A, L, K.) [See also 1, near the begin ning, where it is mentioned as an inf. n.]

أَرْوَاحٌ [pl. of رَوْحٌ, and of رُوحٌ, and of رِيحٌ]. b2: خَرَجُوا بِأَرْوَاحٍ مِنَ العَشِىِّ: and أَتَى فُلَانٌ وَ عَلَيْهِ مِنْ النَّهَارِ أَرْوَاحٌ: see رَوَاحٌ.

تَرْوِيحَةٌ A single rest: pl. تَرَاوِيحُ. (Mgh, * Msb, * TA.) b2: Hence, the تَرْوِيحَة of the month of Ramadán, (K, TA,) or صَلَاةُ التَّرَاوِيحِ [A form of prayer performed at some period of the night in the month of Ramadán, after the ordinary prayer of nightfall, consisting of twenty, or more, rek'ahs, according to different persuasions]; (Mgh, * Msb, TA;) so called because the per former rests after each ترويحة, which consists of four rek'ahs; (Mgh, * Msb, K, * TA;) or because they used to rest between every two [pairs of] salutations. (TA.) [See De Sacy's Chrest. Ar., sec. ed., i. 167-8.] You say, صَلَّيْتُ بِهِمُ التَّرَاوِيحَ [I performed with them the prayer of the تراويح]. (A, * Mgh, Msb.) مَرَاحٌ a n. of place from 1: (Msb:) A place from which people go, or to which they return, in the evening or afternoon [or at any time: see 1]. (S, Msb, K.) b2: [Hence,] مَا تَرَكَ فُلَانٌ مِنْ

أَبِيهِ مَغْدًى وَ لَا مَرَاحًا, (S, and K in art. غذو,) and ↓ مَغْدَاةً وَ لَا مَرَاحةً, (K in that art.,) (assumed tropical:) Such a one resembled his father [without exception,] in all his states, conditions, or circumstances. (S, K. *) See also what next follows.

مُرَاحٌ a n. of place from 4; (Msb;) meaning The place to which camels, and sheep or goats, and cows or bulls, are driven, or brought, back [from their place of pasture] in the evening, or afternoon; (Mgh;) the nightly resting-place or resort (S, Msb, K) of cattle, (Msb,) or of camels, (S, K,) and sheep or goats [&c.]. (S.) ↓ مَرَاحٌ, with fet-h, in this sense, is wrong. (Mgh, Msb.) مَرُوحٌ and ↓ مَرِيحٌ, applied to a pool of water left by a torrent, (S,) and to a place, &c., (TA,) and the former, (A,) or the latter, (S,) to a branch, (S, A,) Smitten [or blown upon] by the wind: (S:) and مَرُوحَةٌ and ↓ مَرِيحَةٌ, the latter originally مَرْيُوحَةٌ, applied to a tree (شَجَرَةٌ), blown upon by the wind: or blown about, or shaken, by the wind, so that its leaves have been made to fall: or having the dust scattered upon it by the wind. (L.) مِرْوَحٌ: see مِرْوَحَةٌ.

مَرِيحٌ, and its fem., with ة: see مَرُوحُ.

مَرَاحَةٌ: see مَرَاحٌ.

مَرْوَحَةٌ A place in which, or through which, the winds blow, (S, *, K, TA,) and in which they efface the traces of dwellings: (TA:) and [hence,] a desert, or waterless desert: (S, K:) pl. مَرَاوِيحُ [for مَرَاوِحُ]. (S.) [See an ex. in a verse cited voce تَدَلَّى, in art. دلو.]

مِرْوَحَةٌ (S, A, Msb, K) and ↓ مِرْوَحٌ (Lh, K) A fan; a thing, or an instrument, with which one fans himself (يُتَرَوَّحُ): (S, A, Msb, K:) pl. مَرَاوِحُ. (S.) مُرَوَّحٌ Perfumed; applied to oil; (S, A;) and to إِثْمِد [q. v.], (A'Obeyd, S,) which latter is per fumed with musk. (A'Obeyd.) نَاقَةٌ مُرَاوِحٌ A she-camel that lies down behind the other camels. (IAar, Az.) المُرْتَاحُ The fifth of the horses that run in a race; (K, TA;) the number of which is ten. (TA.) مِرْيَاحٌ, applied to food, That occasions much flatulence in the belly. (A, TA.) مُسْتَرَاحٌ a n. of place: and as such meaning (assumed tropical:) The grave [as being a place of rest or ease]. (Ham p. 228.) [And as such] (assumed tropical:) A privy; syn. مَخْرَجٌ. (S.) b2: Also, accord. to rule, a n. of time [i. e. A time of rest or ease]. (Ham ubi suprà.) b3: And a pass. part. n. of 10. (Id. ibid.) [As such] meaning (assumed tropical:) Dead [for مُسْتَرَاحٌ مِنْهُ]; as also ↓ مُسْتَريِحٌ [lit. at rest or ease]. (Id. p. 251.) b4: And it may also be used as an inf. n. of 10. (Ham p. 228.) مُسْتَرِيحٌ: see the next preceding paragraph.

غبق

Entries on غبق in 11 Arabic dictionaries by the authors Al-Khalīl b. Aḥmad al-Farāhīdī, Kitāb al-ʿAin, Zayn al-Dīn al-Razī, Mukhtār al-Ṣiḥāḥ, Ibn Manẓūr, Lisān al-ʿArab, and 8 more

غبق

1 غَبَقَهُ, (S, O, K,) aor. ـُ (S, O, TA) and غَبِقَ, (TA,) inf. n. غَبْقٌ; (O, TA;) and ↓ غبّقهُ, inf. n. تَغْبِيقٌ; (TA;) He gave him to drink an eveningdraught, or what is termed a غَبُوق. (S, O, K, TA.) لَا أَغْبِقُ قَبْلَهُمَا أَهْلًا وَلَا مَالًا, in a trad. respecting the companions of the cave [to which allusion is made in the Kur ix. 40], in which the verb is thus written by El-Yooneenee with kesr to the ب, means I did not give to drink to any one [of family nor of cattle] the share [of the evening-draught] of milk of them two. (TA.) 2 غَبَّقَ see the next preceding paragraph. One says also غبّق الإِبِلَ, and الغَنَمَ, He gave to drink to the camels, and the sheep or goats, in the evening: or he milked them in the evening: and النَّاقَةَ ↓ اغتبق he milked the she-camel after sunset. (TA. [See also 5.]) 5 تغبّق He milked in the evening. (Lh, O, K. [See also what next precedes.]) b2: And He drank in the evening. (TA. [See also what next follows.]) 8 اغتبق, (S, O, K,) inf. n. اِغْتِبَاقٌ, (TA,) and مُغْتَبَقٌ may be an inf. n. as well as a n. of place, (O, K,) He drank an evening-draught, or what is termed a غَبُوق. (S, O, K. [See also what next precedes.]) b2: And اغتبق لَبَنَهَا He drank her (a camel's) milk in the evening. (TA.) b3: See also 2.

غَبْقَةٌ A single case of the evening-drink, or of what is termed غَبُوق. (TA.) غَبَقَةٌ A string, or cord, (IDrd, O, K,) or a plaited thong (عَرَقَةٌ), (IDrd, O,) which is tied to the transverse piece of wood upon the hump of the bull [in the TA of the camel, or, accord. to the T, of the bull,] when he [draws the plough that] turns over the ground for cultivation, or is used for the drawing of water [to irrigate land in the manner expl. voce سَانِيَةٌ], in order that the piece of wood may be firm. (IDrd, O, K.) غَبْقَانُ, applied to a man, and غَبْقَى [for which the CK has غَبْقَآءُ], applied to a woman, (O, K, TA,) epithets similar to صَبْحَانُ and صَبْحَى, (O,) irregularly formed, for فَعْلَانُ is not to be formed from اِفْتَعَلَ nor from تَفَعَّلَ, (TA,) Who has drunk an evening-draught, or what is termed a غَيُوق. (K.) غَبُوقٌ An evening-draught; i. e. a draught, drink, or potation, [and particularly of milk, but also applied to one of water, and of wine, &c.,] that is drunk in the evening, or the last, or latter, part of the day. (S, O, K. [See also صَبُوحٌ.]) See an ex. in a verse of Khuzaz Ibn-Lowdhán cited voce كَذَبَ. One of the Arabs said to a companion of his, إِنْ كُنْتَ كَاذِبًا فَشَرِبْتَ غَبُوقًا بَارِدًا [If thou be tying, then mayest thou drink a cold evening-draught]; meaning, may there not be milk for thee, so that thou shalt drink water not mixed with anything; this being called by him غبوق by way of comparison: or meaning, may that be to thee in the place of غبوق. (TA.) And one says, لَقَيتُهُ ذَا غَبُوقٍ [lit. I met him at a time of drinking the evening-draught], meaning, in the evening; a phrase used only adverbially; like ذَا صَبُوحٍ: (TA:) and ذَاتَ الغَبُوقِ [which has a similar meaning]. (T in art. ذُو.) b2: Also, and with ة, A she-camel whose milk one drinks in the evening: or, accord. to Lh, that is milked after sunset: epithets like صَبُوحٌ and صَبُوحَةٌ. (TA.) مُغْتَبَقٌ an inf. n. [of 8, q. v.]: and also a n. of place [signifying A place in which one drinks the draught termed غَيُوق]. (O, K.)

غدو

Entries on غدو in 9 Arabic dictionaries by the authors Arabic-English Lexicon by Edward William Lane, Habib Anthony Salmone, An Advanced Learner's Arabic-English Dictionary, Al-Zamakhsharī, Asās al-Balāgha, and 6 more

غدو

1 غَدَا, (S, M, Msb, K,) aor. ـْ (S, M, Msb,) inf. n. عُدُوٌّ (S, M, Mgh, Msb, K) and غَدْوٌ (M, TA, and so accord. to the CK instead of غُدُوٌّ [which is the only inf. n. commonly known]) and غُدْوَةٌ, (K,) He went, or went away, in the time called غُدْوَة, (Mgh, Msb,) i. e. [the early part of the morning,] the period between the prayer of daybreak and sunrise: this is the primary signification: (Msb:) or i. q. بَكَّرَ [he went forth early in the morning; in the first part of the day; or between the time of the prayer of daybreak and sunrise]; so in the phrase غَدَا عَلَيْهِ [he went forth early in the morning, &c., to him, or it]; (K;) as also ↓ اغتدى: (S, * K:) and ↓ غاداهُ signifies the same as غَدَا عَلَيْهِ; (S;) or the same as بَاكَرَهُ [which is syn. with بَكَّرَ عَلَيْهِ as expl. above; and signifies also, like بَكَّرَ عَلَيْهِ, he hastened to it, or to do it, at any time, morning or evening]: (ISd, K, TA:) الغُدُوُّ is the contr of الرَّوَاحُ [inf. n. of رَاحَ]. (S.) Hence, in the Kur [lxviii. 22], أَنِ اغْدُوا عَلَى حَرْثِكُمْ [Saying, Go ye forth early, &c., to your land's produce]: and the saying of a poet, وَالطَّيْرُ فِى وُكُنَاتِهَا ↓ وَقَدْ أَغْتَدِى

[And sometimes, or often, I go forth early, &c., while the birds are in their nests]. (TA.) b2: Afterwards, by reason of frequency of use, it became employed as meaning He went, or went away, or departed, at any time. (Mgh, * Msb, TA.) Hence the saying, (Mgh, Msb,) of the Prophet, (Msb,) in a trad., (Mgh,) اُغْدُ يَا أُنَيْسُ, (Mgh, Msb,) meaning Depart then, O (??) (Msb.) b3: [Freytag bas erroneously assigned to it another meaning, i. e. “ Nutrivit ” misled by his finding تَغْدُوْ put for تَغْذُو in art. طلى in the CK.] b4: غَدِىَ: see 5.2 غَدَّيْتُهُ, (S, Msb, K,) inf. n. تَغْدِيَةٌ, (Msb, K,) I fed him with the meal called غَدَآء [q. v.]. (S, * Msb, K.) 3 غَاْدَوَ see 1, first sentence. One says, أَنَا أُعَادِيهِ وَأُرَاوِحُهُ expl. in the first paragraph of art. روح.5 تغدّى [He ate the meal called غَدَآء, q. v.; properly,] he ate in the first part of the day; (S, Msb, * K;) as also ↓ غَدِىَ, (IKtt, K, TA,) inf. n. غَدًا. (TK: but in the TA written غداء.) When it is said to thee, تَغَدَّ [Eat thou the غَدَآء], thou sayest, مَا بِى مِنْ تَغَدٍّ [I have no desire for eating the غَدَآء]; and not مَا بِى غَدَآءٌ, for [the] غَدَآء is the meal itself. (S, Msb. See also 5 in art. عشو.) تَغَدَّى فِى رَمَضَانَ means تَسَحَّرَ [i. e. He ate the meal, or drank the draught of milk, called سَحُور, q. v.]. (TA.) b2: And تَغَدَّتِ الإِبِلُ means The camels pastured in the first part of the day. (AHn, TA.) 8 إِغْتَدَوَ see 1, first and second sentences. [10. استغدى accord. to Freytag is syn. with تَغَدَّى; but for this I do not find any authority.]

غَدٌ, meaning The morrow, the day next after the present day, (Msb,) is originally ↓غَدْوٌ, (S, Msb, K,) the و being elided, (S, Msb,) without any substitution, (S,) and the د being made a letter of declinability. (Msb.) And one says غَدًا meaning [I will do such a thing, &c.,] tomorrow: and بَعْدَ غَدٍ the day after to-morrow. (MA.) See also غَدَاةٌ. b2: And its signification has been extended so that it is applied to a remote time that is expected, (Msb, TA,) and to a near time. (Nh, TA.) b3: It is not used in its complete form except in poetry: (Nh, TA:) Lebeed, (S, TA,) or Dhu-r-Rummeh, (TA,) has thus used it in his saying, وَمَا النَّاسُ إِلَّا كَالدِّيَارِ وَأَهْلُهَا بَلَاقِعُ ↓ بِهَا يَوْمَ حَلُّوهَا وَغَدْوًا [And mankind are no other than the like of dwellings, the occupants thereof being in them daring the day in which they have alighted in them, and to-morrow they are vacant]: (S, TA:) or, accord. to the M, one says, هٰذَا عَدُكَ and ↓ هٰذَا غَدْوُكَ [This is thy morrow]. (TA.) b4: It has no diminutive. (Sb, S, in art. امس.) غَدْوٌ: see the next preceding paragraph, in there places.

غَدَاةٌ: see غُدْوَةٌ, in four places: though [properly] fem., and not heard as made mase., it may be made mase. if meant to be understood as signifying the “ first part of the day: ” (IAmb, Msb:) it is originally غَدَوَةٌ, because its pl. is غَدَوَاتٌ. (IHsh, TA.) One says, ↓ آتِيكَ غَدَاةَ غَدٍ

[I will come to thee in the early part of the morning, &c., of to-morrow]. (S, TA.) بِالْغَدَاةِ وَالْعَشِىِّ in the Kur [vi. 52 and xviii. 27] means After the prayer of daybreak and [after] the prayer of [the period of the afternoon called] the عَصْر: or, accord. to some, [it means in the morning and the evening, or rather in the forenoon and the afternoon, for they say that] it denotes constancy of religious service: Ibn-'Ámir and Aboo-'Abd-erRahmán Es-Sulamee read وَالْعَشِىِّ ↓ بِالْغُدْوَةِ; but the former is the common reading; and A 'Obeyd says, we think that they read thus following the handwriting, for it is written in all the copies of the Kur-án with و like الصَّلَوة and الزَّكَوة, and this is not an indication of the reading [which they have adopted], as the و in الصلوة and الزكوة is not pronounced [otherwise than as an] of prolongation except that it requires the fet-hah that follows to be uttered with a somewhat broad sound]. (TA.) b2: هُوَ ابْنُ غَدَاتَيْنِ means He is a son of two days [i. e. he is two days old]. (TA.) b3: The dim. is ↓ غُدَيَّةٌ: (TA:) or this is the dim. of ↓ غُدْوَةٌ: (EM p. 56:) one says, أَرْكَبُ

إِلَيْهِ غُدَيَّةً [I will ride to him, or it, in a short period of an early part of a morning, &c.]: and one says also, ↓ ذَتَيْتُهُ غُدَيَّانَاتٍ [I came to him, or it, in short periods of early parts of mornings, &c.]; an anomalous [pl.] dim. like عُشَيَّــانَات; both of which are mentioned by Sb. (TA.) غَدْوَةٌ A journey in the first part of the day: [an inf. n. un. of غَدَا:] opposed to رَوْحَةٌ. (TA.) b2: See also the next paragraph. b3: And see غَدَآءٌ.

غُدْوَةٌ, (S, Msb, K, &c.,) and ↓ غَدْوَةٌ, said by MF to be well known, and ↓ غِدْوَةٌ, said by him to be rare, or disapproved, (TA,) The early part of the morning; the first part of the day; (K;) or the period between the time of the prayer of daybreak and sunrise; (S, Msb, K;) as also ↓ غَدَاةٌ, and ↓ غَدِيَّةٌ, (K, TA,) the last [in the CK غَدْيَةِ, but correctly] a dial. var. of غُدْوَةٌ, like ضَحِيَّةٌ a dial. var. of ضَحْوَةٌ: (IAar, TA:) or ↓ غَدَاةٌ is syn. with ضَحْوَةٌ [meaning the early part of the forenoon, after sunrise; accord. to some, when the sun is yet low; or, accord. to others, when the sun is somewhat high]: (Msb:) [it may therefore be generally rendered morning, before, or after, sunrise:] the pls. are غُدًى, which is pl. of غُدْوَةٌ; (S, Msb, TA;) and غَدَوَاتٌ, (S, Msb, K, TA,) which is pl. of ↓ غَدَاةٌ; (S, Msb, TA;) and ↓ غُدُوٌّ, (K, TA,) which is a pl. of غُدْوَةٌ, formed by rejecting the ة [of the sing.], or, accord. to the M, an anomalous pl. of ↓ غَدَاةٌ, or, as J says, [in the S,] referring to the phrase بِالْغَدُوِّ وَالْآصَالِ, in the Kur [vii. 204 and xiii. 16 and xxiv. 36], بِالغُدُوِّ there means بِالغَدَوَاتِ, and is a verb [i. e. an inf. n.] used to denote the time, as [is طُلُوع] in the saying طُلُوعَ الشَّمْسِ meaning فِى وَقْتِ طُلُوعِ الشمس; (TA;) and غَدِيَّاتٌ, (IAar, K, TA, [in the CK, erroneously, غَدَياتٌ,]) which is pl. of ↓ غَدِيَّةٌ; (TA;) and غَدَايَا, (K, TA,) which is likewise a pl. of ↓ غَدِيَّةٌ, accord. to IAar, and, if so, regularly formed from غَدَايِوُ, in the same manner as has already been expl. in the case of عَشَايَا [pl. of عَشِيَّــةٌ, q. v. voce عَشِىٌّ]; by some said to be a pl. of غُدْوَةٌ, but this has been controverted by IHsh in the Expos. of the “ Kaabeeyeh ” and by its commentator ['AbdEl-Kádir] El-Baghdádee; (TA;) or غَدَايَا is not used except in conjunction with عَشَايَا; (K, TA;) one says, إِنِّى لَآتِيهِ بِالغَدَايَا وَالعَشَايَا [Verily I come to him in the early parts of mornings and in the late parts of evenings], for the purpose of conformity. (S, TA.) Zj says that when غُدْوَة means The بُكْرَة [or early part of the morning, &c.,] of the present day, or of a particular day, it is imperfectly decl.: and AHei says that it is thus accord. to the opinion commonly obtaining, as is also بُكْرَة, each as being a generic proper name, like أُسَامَةُ; and that when you mean to generalize, you say, غُدْوَةٌ وَقْتُ نَشَاطٍ [An early part of a morning is a time of briskness, liveliness, or sprightliness]; and when you mean to particularize, لَأَسِيرَنَّ اللَّيْلَةَ إِلَى غُدْوَةَ [I will assuredly journey to-night until the early part of the morning]: (TA:) [in the latter case also] one says, أَتَيْتُهُ غُدْوَةَ [I came to him in the early part of the morning of this, or of a particular, day]; غدوة being here imperfectly decl. because it is determinate, like سَحَرَ; but it is of those adv. ns. that may be used otherwise than as adv. ns.: you say, سِيرَ عَلَى فَرَسِكَ غُدْوَةَ and غُدْوَةً [i. e. Journeying was performed on thy horse, or mare, in the غُدْوَة of this, or of a particular, day, and in a غُدْوَة,] and غُدْوَةٌ and غُدْوَةٌ [i. e. the journey of the غُدْوَة of this, or of a particular, day, and the journey of a غُدْوَة, was performed (lit. was journeyed) on thy horse, or mare, غُدْوَةُ and غُدْوَةٌ being for. مَسِيرَةُ غُدْوَةَ and مَسِيرَةُ غُدْوَةٍ, like as شَهْرٌ in the Kur xxxiv. 11 is for مَسِيرَةُ شَهْرٍ]; what is with tenween, of these, being indeterminate, and what is without tenween being determinate. (S. [In one of my copies of the S, سِرْ is put in the place of سِيرَ: that the latter is the right is shown by the addition of غُدْوَةُ and غُدْوَةٌ; for each of these must be what is termed نَائِبٌ عَنْ فَاعِلٍ i. e. a substitute for an agent.]) See also غَدَاةٌ, in two places.

غِدْوَةٌ: see the next preceding paragraph.

غَدَوِىٌّ: see غَدِىٌّ. b2: Also Whatever [offspring] is in [any of] the bellies of pregnant animals (AO, K, TA) of camels and of sheep or goats: (AO, TA:) or peculiarly of sheep or goats; (K, TA;) thus in the dial. of the Prophet: (TA:) or it [virtually, in a trad. mentioned in what follows,] means the selling a camel, or other [animal], for what the stallion begets: or the selling a sheep for the offspring begotten by the ram: (K:) in all of which senses غَذِىٌّ and غَذَوِىٌّ are [said to be] syn.: (K in art. غذو:) or غَدَوِىٌّ, (TA,) or غَذَوِىٌّ, or, as some relate a verse of El-Farezdak in which it occurs, غَدَوِىٌّ, (S in art. غذو,) means the selling a thing for the offspring begotten by the ram [or, as appears from what follows, by the stallioncamel] in that year: غَدَوِىٌّ being a rel. n. from غَدٌ: as though they rendered one desirous by saying, “Our camels will bring forth and we will give thee to-morrow (غَدًا): ” (S in art. غذو, and TA:) what is thus termed is forbidden in a trad.: a man used to buy, for a camel or a she-goat or money, what was in the bellies of pregnant animals; and this is a hazardous proceeding, and was therefore forbidden. (Nh, TA.) See also art. غذو. b3: And see عَدَوِيَّةٌ, in art. عدو.

غَدْيَانُ Eating the meal called غَدَآء: (S, K: *) fem. غَدْيَا, of the measure فَعْلَى, applied to a woman; (S;) or غَدْيَآءُ: (so in copies of the K:) they are originally with و [in the place of the ى], on the ground of preference, as is said in the M: and غَدْيَانَةٌ is mentioned by Z, as applied to a woman, coupled with عَشْيَــانَةٌ. (TA.) غَدَآءٌ The morning-meal, that is eaten between daybreak and sunrise; i. e. the meal, or repast, of the غُدْوَة; (K;) or of the غَدَاة; (Msb;) the meal, or repast, that is the contr. of the عَشآء: (S:) [it may therefore be rendered breakfast: but it is now commonly applied to dinner, which is eaten soon after the prayer of noon, and which is a lighter repast than the عَشَآء, i. e. supper:] الغدوة [app. ↓ الغَدْوَةُ] as meaning الغَدَآءُ is vulgar: (TA voce عَشْوَةٌ:) the pl. of غَدَآءٌ is أَغْذِيَةٌ. (K.) And The [meal, or the draught of milk, called]

سَحُور is thus termed; because it is to the person fasting the like of what it is to him who is not fasting. (TA.) b2: Also The pasture of camels in the first part of the day. (TA.) غُذُوٌّ: see غُدْوَةٌ.

غَدِىٌّ Of, or relating to, the morrow; the rel. n. from غَدٌ; as also ↓ غَدَوىٌّ; (S, K;) the latter allowable. (S.) b2: See also عَدَويَّةٌ, in art. عدو.

غَدِيَّةٌ: see its syn. غُدْوَةٌ, in three places.

غُدَيَّةٌ: and see غَدَاةٌ, last sentence.

غُدَيَّانَاتٌ: see غَدَاةٌ, last sentence.

الغَادِى The lion: (K, TA:) because he goes forth in the early part of the morning against the prey. (TA.) غَادِيَةٌ A cloud that rises (S, K) in the صَبَاح (S) or in the غُدْوَة (K) [i. e. in the first part of the day]: or a rain of the [period of the morning called] غَدَاة: (K, TA:) thus says Lh: the pl. is غَوَادٍ. (TA.) [See a verse in the Ham p. 429.]

مَغْدًى and ↓ مَغْدَاةٌ [A place to which people go, or to which they return, in the period of the morning called غُدْوَة; opposed to مَرَاحٌ and مَرَاحَةٌ]. b2: [Hence] one says, مَا تَرَكَ فُلَانٌ مِنْ أَبِيهِ مَغْدًى

وَلَا مَرَاحًا, and وَلَا مَرَاحَةً ↓ مَغْدَاةً, expl. in art. روح. (S in art. روح, and K in the present art.) مَغْدَاةٌ: see the next preceding paragraph, in two places.

عشب

Entries on عشب in 14 Arabic dictionaries by the authors Muḥammad al-Fattinī, Majmaʿ Biḥār al-Anwār fī Gharāʾib al-Tanzīl wa Laṭāʾif al-Akhbār, Al-Zamakhsharī, Asās al-Balāgha, Al-Khalīl b. Aḥmad al-Farāhīdī, Kitāb al-ʿAin, and 11 more

عشب

1 عَشِبَ المَوْضِعُ and عَشِبَتِ الأَرْضُ: see 4. b2: عَشِبَ said of bread, (Yaakoob, TA,) It was, or became, dry, (Yaakoob, K, TA.) b3: And عشب, [so in the TA, app. عَشُبَ,] inf. n. عَشَابَةٌ and عُشُوبَةٌ, said of a man, He became dry, or tough, by reason of leanness. (Yaakoob, TA.) 2 عَشَّبَ see what next follows.4 اعشب المَوْضِعُ; and ↓ عَشِبَ, aor. ـَ inf. n. عَشَبٌ; The place produced its [herbs, or herbage, of the kind termed] عُشْب: (Msb:) and in like manner, (Msb,) اعشبت الأَرْضُ, (S, O, Msb, K,) and ↓ عَشِبَت, (Msb,) and thus in a copy of the K, [and in my MS. copy,] but in another copy, [and in the CK,] ↓ عشّبت, (TA,) The land produced عُشْب. (S, O, K.) [See also 12. After the mention of بَلَدٌ عَاشِبٌ in the S and O, it is said in the former that for the verb one does not say otherwise than اعشبت الأَرْضُ, and in the latter that one does not say عَشَبَ البَلَدُ.] b2: And اعشب القَوْمُ The people, or party, lighted on, or found, عُشْب; (S, O, K;) as also القوم ↓ اِعْشَوْشَبَ [but probably in an intensive sense]. (K.) One says to him who is sent to seek for herbage, أَعْشَبْتَ اِنْزِلْ [Thou hast found fresh herbage: alight]. (O.) b3: See also 5.

A2: سَأَلْتُهُ فَأَعْشَبَنِى [I asked him and] he gave me an old she-camel, (S, O, K, TA,) i. e. what is termed عَشَبَة. (TA.) 5 تعشّبت الإِبِلُ The camels fed upon [herbs, or herbage, of the kind termed] عُشْب; and [accord. to the TA as a distinct meaning] became fat (K, TA) therefrom; (TA;) as also ↓ أَعْشَبَت accord. to the K, but this latter is wrong, being correctly ↓ اعتشبت, as in the parent-lexicons. (TA.) 8 إِعْتَشَبَ see what next precedes.12 اِعْشَوْشَبَتِ الأَرْضُ The land produced abundance, or much, of [herbs, or herbage, of the kind termed] عُشْب; this verb having an intensive signification, like اخشوشن [q. v.]. (S, O, TA.) [It is erroneously mentioned in the K as syn. with

أَعْشَبَت.] b2: See also 4.

عُشْبٌ [a coll. gen. n.], n. un. with ة; (TA;) Fresh, green, juicy, soft, or tender, herbs or herbage, (S, A, O, Msb, K,) in the first part of the [season called] رَبِيع [i. e. رَبِيعُ الكَلَأَ, which begins in January and ends in March, O. S.]: (Msb:) not termed حَشِيشٌ until drying up: (S, O:) or, in the opinion of the generality of the lexicologists, عُشْبٌ is applied to such as is fresh and to such as is dry: (ISd, TA voce حَشِيشٌ:) or the first, or earliest, of herbage, (سَرَعَانُ الكَلَأِ,) in the رَبِيع, that [afterwards] dries up, and does not remain; the term كَلَأٌ being applied by the Arabs to عُشْب and to other kinds: and عُشْبٌ is applied to fresh, green, juicy, soft, or tender, herbs or leguminous plants, of the desert, that come forth in the رَبِيع: and under this term are included those that are hard and thick, which are termed the ذُكُور thereof; as well as to those that are slender and soft, which are termed the أَحْرَار thereof: or, accord. to AHn, whatever is destroyed by winter, and grows again from the stocks, or roots, thereof, or the seed: he says also that it is applied to such [herbage] as is uninterrupted; as opposed to تَعَاشِيبُ: or, accord. to Th, it is applied to the mature; as so opposed. (TA.) b2: عُشْبَةُ الدَّارِ [The green herb of the dwelling] means that which grows in the دِمْنَة [or patch of ground which people have blackened by their cooking and where their cattle have staled and dunged] of the dwelling, surrounded by fresh, or green, herbs, in a white [or clean] part of the ground, and good soil: and hence, (tropical:) The هَجِينَة [or woman whose father is a free man, or an Arab, and her mother a slave]; an appellation like خَضْرَآءُ الوَضَرِ [app. lit. meaning “ The green herb that grows in the place where the water with which skins have been washed, or the like, is poured out: ” but IbrD thinks that it may be a mistranscription for خَضْرَآءُ الدِّمَنِ]. (TA.) b3: [عُشْبُ الذِّئْبِ is Eyptian toad-flax; antirrhinum Aegyptiacum; the name of which is written by Forskål (Flora Aegypt. Arab., pp. lxviii. and 112,) عشب الديب and Asjib ed dîb and Aeschib ed dîb.]

عِيَالٌ عَشَبٌ A family, or household, among whom is none little, or young. (S, O, K.) b2: See also عَشَبَةٌ.

عَشِبٌ; fem. with ة: for the latter see عَاشِبٌ.

عَشَبَةٌ An old she-camel (نَابٌ كَبِيرَةٌ [mistranslated by Golius and Freytag “ dens exertus magnus ”]); (S, O, K; [see 4;]) as also عَشَمَةٌ. (S, O.) And An old ewe, advanced in age. (K.) Also An old man bent with age. (K.) A man, and an old woman, bent, and slender, and advanced in age: (Lh, L, TA:) or a decrepit old man and old woman. (S, O.) A short man; (O, K;) as also ↓ عَشِيــبٌ (K.) And A woman short, and ugly, or despicable; (O, K, TA;) and so applied to a man; (TA;) or so ↓ عَشَبٌ applied to a man. (O.) And A man dry, or tough, by reason of leanness. (Yaakoob, TA.) عَشِيــبٌ; and its fem., with ة: see عَاشِبٌ, in three places.

A2: And see also عَشَبَةٌ.

عَشَابَةٌ The state of having, or producing, [herbs, or herbage, of the kind termed] عُشْب, (S, O,) or much thereof. (K.) بَلَدٌ عَاشِبٌ (S, A, O) and ↓ مُعْشِبٌ, (A,) and مَوْضِعٌ عَاشِبٌ (Msb) and ↓ مَكَانٌ عَشِيــبٌ, (S, O,) and رَوْضٌ عَاشِبٌ and ↓ مُعْشِبٌ, (TA,) and أَرْضٌ عَاشِبَةٌ (Msb, K) and ↓ عَشِيــبَةٌ (S, O, Msb, K) and ↓ عَشِبَةٌ (Msb, K) and ↓ مُعْشِبَةٌ, (S, Msb,) but some do not say ↓ عَشِيــبٌ, (Msb,) [A country, and a place, and meadows, and land,] having, or producing, [herbs, or herbage, of the kind termed]

عُشْب, (S, A, O, Msb,) or much thereof. (K. [See also مِعْشَابٌ.]) b2: And بَعِيرٌ عَاشِبٌ A camel feeding upon عُشْب. (S, O.) تَعَاشِيبُ Scanty, and scattered, or disunited, [herbs, or herbage, of the kind termed] عُشْب: a word [of an extr. form (see تَبَاشِيرُ) and] having no sing.: (S, O:) or scattered, or disunited, portions thereof: (AHn, K, TA:) or different kinds of herbage: in the saying of a seeker of herbage, عُشْبٌ وَتَعَاشِيبْ وَكَمْأَةٌ شِيبْ تُثِيرُهَا بِأَخْفَافِهَا النِّيبْ, it means scattered, or disunited, عُشْب: (AHn, TA:) or عُشْبٌ not yet mature. (Th, TA.) [See عُشْبٌ as opposed thereto.]

مُعْشِبٌ and its fem.: see عَاشِبٌ, in three places.

أَرْضٌ مِعْشَابٌ, and أَرَضُونَ مَعَاشِيبُ, [Land, and lands,] having, or producing, much herbage [of the kind termed عُشْب]: (K, * TA:) معاشيب is pl. of معشاب, or it has no proper sing. (TA.) [See also عَاشِبٌ.]

قرب

Entries on قرب in 19 Arabic dictionaries by the authors Al-Fayyūmī, Al-Miṣbāḥ al-Munīr fī Gharīb al-Sharḥ al-Kabīr, Abu Ḥayyān al-Gharnāṭī, Tuḥfat al-Arīb bi-mā fī l-Qurʾān min al-Gharīb, Al-Rāghib al-Isfahānī, al-Mufradāt fī Gharīb al-Qurʾān, and 16 more

قرب

1 قَرُبَ, aor. ـُ inf. n. قُرْبٌ (S, Mgh, O, Msb *) and قُرْبَةٌ and قَرَابَةٌ and قُرْبَى (Mgh, Msb) and مَقْرَبَةٌ, (Mgh,) [to which may be added some other syns. mentioned below with قُرْبٌ and قَرَابَةٌ,] It, and he, was, or became, near; (S, Mgh, O;) syn. دَنَا; (S, O;) contr. of بَعُدَ: (Mgh:) or قُرْبٌ is in place, and قُرْبَةٌ is in station, or grade, or rank, and قَرَابَةٌ and قُرْبَى are in الرَّحِم [meaning relationship, or relationship by the female side]; (Mgh, Msb, TA;) or, accord. to the T, قَرَابَةٌ is in النَّسَب [app. relationship in a general sense], and قُرْبَى is in الرَّحِم [app. as meaning relationship by the female side]: (TA:) You say, قَرُبَ مِنْهُ, (A, MA, Msb, K,) and إِلَيْهِ; (A;) and قَرِبَهُ, (S, MA, O, K,) aor. ـَ (S, K;) inf. n. (of the former verb, Msb) قُرْبٌ, (Msb, K,) or قُرْبٌ and قُرْبَةٌ &c. as above, (Msb,) or قُرْبٌ and مَقْرَبَةٌ and مَقْرُبَةٌ; (MA;) and (of the latter verb, S, MA, O) قِرْبَانٌ (S, MA, O, K) and قُرْبَانٌ; (K;) he (a man, S, O) was, or became, near to it; (S, A, MA, O, K;) syn. دَنَا: (S, A, O, K:) or the former verb means thus; but when one says لَا تَقْرَبْ كَذَا with fet-h to the ر, the meaning is, occupy not thyself with doing such a thing: (MF, TA, &c.:) or قَرِبْتُ الأَمْرَ, aor. ـَ and قَرَبْتُهُ, aor. ـُ i. e., like تَعِبَ and like قَتَلَ, inf. n. قِرْبَانٌ, signifies I did the thing, or affair; or I was, or became, near, or I approached, to it, or to doing it [or to doing something with it or to it]: an ex. of the former meaning is the saying [in the Kur xvii. 34], لَا تَقْرَبُوا الزِّنَا [Commit not ye fornication, or adultery; or, accord. to some, this is an ex. of the latter meaning]; and hence one says, قَرِبْتُ المَرْأَةَ, inf. n. قِرْبَانٌ, a metonymical phrase, meaning I compressed the woman: and an ex. of the latter meaning is the saying, لَا تَقْرَبُوا الحِمَى i. e. لَا تَدْنُوا مِنْهُ [meaning Approach not ye to doing, or to entering upon, the thing, or place, that is prohibited, or interdicted]. (Msb.) And the Arabs say, of a man, when a thing has disquieted, or disturbed, and grieved, him, أَخَذَهُ مَا قَرُبَ وَمَا بَعُدَ, as though meaning (assumed tropical:) He became, or has become, disquieted by reason of near and remote circumstances of his case: (O:) or recent and old griefs took hold upon him. (Mgh in art. قدم. [See art. بعد.]) دَنَا مِنِّى وَقَرُبَ is expl. by Zj as meaning He drew near to me and drew nearer. (T in art. دلو: see 5 in that art.) [And several other verbs belonging to this art. are syn., or nearly so, with قَرُبَ or with قَرِبَ in senses expl. above. Thus ↓ اقرب is syn. with قَرُبَ in the first of the senses expl. above, like as أَدْنَى is with دَنَا, for its inf. n.]

الإِقْرَابُ signifies الدُّبُوُّ. (TA.) ↓ اقترب, also, is syn. with قَرُبَ in the first of the senses expl. above; (MA;) [i. e.] it is syn. with دَنَا: (Msb:) or it is syn. with ↓ تقارب, (S, O, K, TA,) signifying he, or it, drew near; (TA;) thus ↓ وَاقْتَرَبَ الوَعْدُ [in the Kur xxi. 97] signifies تقارب [meaning And the fulfilment of the promise shall draw near]: (S, O, TA:) and you say, اقترب مِنِّى

[meaning He drew near to me]: (A:) it is also said that is has a more particular signification than قَرُبَ; for it denotes intensiveness in القُرْب; thus says Ibn-'Arafeh; probably meaning that it denotes labour and difficulty in the accomplishment of the act. (MF, TA.) ↓ تقرّب [likewise] is syn. with [قَرُبَ, i. e.] دَنَا, in the phrase تقرّب مِنْهُ: (O: [see قَرُبَ مِنْهُ:]) or it signifies he drew near, or approached, by little and little, (تَدَنَّى,) to a thing. (TA.) And الشَّىْءَ ↓ قارب, (ISd, TA,) or الأَمْرَ, (Msb,) [like قَرِبَهُ in many instances,] signifies He was, or became, near, or he approached, to the thing, or affair, or to doing it. (ISd, Msb, TA.) b2: قَرُبَ, aor. ـُ inf. n. قُرْبٌ signifies also (assumed tropical:) He formed an opinion that was near to certainty. (MF.) b3: In the phrase قَرَبَتِ الشَّمْسُ لِلْمَغِيبِ [meaning The sun was, or became, near to setting], like كَرَبَت, the ق is asserted by Yaakoob to be a substitute for ك. (TA.) A2: قَرَبَ, aor. ـُ inf. in. قِرَابَةٌ, He (a man) journeyed to water, there being between him and it a night's journey. (S, O.) [See also أَقْرَبَ القَوْمُ. Or,] accord. to Lth, you say, قَرَبُوا, aor. ـُ inf. n. قَرَبٌ [q. v.], meaning They, after pasturing their camels in the tract between them and the wateringplace, and journeying on during a part of the time until there remained between them and the water a night, or an evening, hastened in their course. (TA.) And قَرَبَ الإِبِل [in some copies of the K الإِبِلَ and in others الإِبِلُ], aor. ـُ inf. n. قِرَابَةٌ; thus in the K; but accord. to Th, قَرَبَتِ الإِبِلُ, aor. ـُ inf. n. قَرَبٌ; (TA;) i. e. The camels journeyed by night in order to arrive at the water on the morrow: (K, * TA:) and [a man says, of himself,] قَرَبْتُ, aor. ـُ inf. n. قِرَابَةٌ. (TA.) b2: And قَرَبْتُ المَآءَ, aor. ـُ inf. n. قَرَبٌ, so in the Fs [of Th, meaning I journeyed to the water by night in order to reach it on the following morning]. (TA.) [Or] you say, قَرَبُوا المَآءَ, meaning They sought, or sought to attain, the water. (A.) b3: And [hence] one says, فُلَانٌ يَقْرُبُ حَاجَتُهُ, meaning (assumed tropical:) Such a one seeks, or seeks to attain, the object of his want; from the seeking, or seeking to attain, the water: and hence the saying, in a trad., وَإِنْ نَقْرُبُ بِذٰلِكَ إِلَّا أَنْ نَحْمَدَ اللّٰهَ (assumed tropical:) We not seeking thereby [aught] save our praising God: thus expl. by El-Khattábee. (Az, TA.) [Hence, also,] one says قَدْ قَرَبَ أَمْرًا لَا أَدْرِى مَا هُوَ (tropical:) [He has sought to accomplish an affair, I know not what it is]: (A, O: *) and فُلَانٌ يَقْرُبُ أَمْرًا لَا يَسْهُلُ لَهُ (tropical:) [Such a one seeks to accomplish an affair that will not be easy to him]. (A.) فُلَانٌ يَقْرُبُ أَمْرًا means (assumed tropical:) Such a one seeks, desires, or aims at, [the accomplishment of] an affair, when he does a deed, or says a saying, with that object. (T, O, TA.) A3: قَرَبَ السَّيْفَ, (S, O,) inf. n. قَرْبٌ; (K;) and ↓ اقربهُ, (O,) inf. n. إِقْرَابٌ; (K;) He put the sword into the قِرَاب [q. v.]: (S, O, K:) or the former, (accord. to the K,) or ↓ the latter, (accord. to the S and TA,) he made for the sword a قِرَاب: (S, K, TA:) or ↓ the latter has both of these significations: (O:) or the former verb is said of a sword or of a knife in the former sense; and in like manner ↓ the latter verb in the latter sense: or the former phrase signifies he made for the sword a قِرَاب; and ↓ the latter phrase, he put the sword into its قِرَاب: and one says, قِرَابًا ↓ قرّب and ↓ اقربهُ, meaning he made a قِرَاب. (TA.) A4: قَرْبٌ [as an inf. n. of which the verb is قَرَبَ] also signifies The feeding a guest with the أَقْرَاب (O, K, TA) meaning flanks [of an animal or of animals, pl. of قُرْبٌ or قُرُبٌ]. (TA.) A5: And قَرِبَ, (O, K,) with kesr to the ر, (O,) like فَرِح, (K,) [aor. ـَ inf. n. app. قَرَبٌ,] He (a man, TA) had a complaint (O, K) of his قُرْب or قُرُب, (K,) [i. e.] of his flank; (O;) as also ↓ قرّب, (O, * K, [in the former this verb is only indicated by the mention of its inf. n.,]) inf. n. تَقْرِيبٌ. (O, K.) 2 قرّبهُ, inf. n. تَقْرِيبٌ, He made, or caused, to be, or become, near, caused to approach, or brought, or drew, near, him, or it. (S, O, Msb. *) [Hence the phrase قَرَّبَ اللّٰهُ دَارَكَ, which see in what follows.] b2: [And hence, He made him to be a near associate; he made him an object of, or took him into, favour: and (agreeably with an explanation of the pass. in the Ham p. 184) he made him, or rendered him, an object of honour.] One says, قَرَّبَهُ مِنْهُ meaning He (a king, or a governor, or prince, [or any other person who was either a superioror an equal,]) made him to be to him a قُرْبَان, i. e. [a near associate, or] a consessor, or a particular, or special, associate or companion [&c.: see قُرْبَانٌ]. (TA.) b3: قَرَّبَهُ إِلَيْهِمْ, in the Kur li. 27, means He presented it, or offered it, to them: (Jel:) or he placed it, or put it, before them. (Bd.) And one says also, قرّب خَصْمَهُ إِلَى السُّلْطَانِ [He brought, or placed, his adversary before the Sultán]. (Mgh in art. رفع.) And ↓ قرّب لِلّٰهِ قَرْبَانًا [He offered, or presented, to God, an offering, or oblation]. (S, O: in the Msb, إِلَى اللّٰهِ.) b4: حَيَّا وَقَرَّبَ, (A, O,) inf. n. تَقْرِيبٌ, (K,) signifies (tropical:) He said, حَيَّاكَ اللّٰهُ وَقَرَّبَ دَارَكَ [May God preserve thee alive, or prolong thy life, and make thine abode to be near]: (A, O, K:) one says thus of a host to a visitor. (TA.) b5: And التَّقْرِيبُ signifies also The denoting nearness. (Mughnee and K * voce أَوْ, and Kull pp.82 and 83 and 124.) Thus what is termed تَصْغِيرُ التَّقْرِيبِ [The diminutive denoting nearness] is such as occurs in the saying, دَارِى قُبَيْلَ المَسْجِدِ [“ My house is a little before the mosque ”]. (Kull p. 124.) b6: And The advancing an argument in such a manner as renders the desired conclusion a necessary consequence. (MF.) b7: and A certain sort of عَدْو [or running] (S, O, K) of a horse: (S, O:) one says, of a horse, قرّب, inf. n. تَقْرِيبٌ, (S, A, O,) meaning he raised his fore legs together and put them down together (S, O, K *) in running: (S, O:) or he ran [as though] pelting the ground [with his hoofs]: (Az, TA:) and it is also said of other animals than the horse: but not of the camel: (MF:) [one sort of] التقريب is [a rate] less than الحُضْرُ; (S, A, O;) and more than الخَبَبُ: (El-Ámidee, MF:) there are two sorts of تقريب, called أَعْلَى

[which is a gallop] and أَدْنَى [which is a canter]: (S, O:) the former is termed الثَّعْلَبِيَّةُ; and the latter, الإِرْخَآءُ. (TA.) A2: See also 1, near the end, in two places.3 قَارَبْتُهُ, inf. n. مُقَارَبَةٌ [and قِرَابٌ], I was, or became, near to him, or it; contr. of بَاعَدْتُهُ. (Msb.) See 1, near the middle of the paragraph. b2: One says of a vessel, (S, O, K,) قارب أَنْ يَمْتَلِئَ (S, O) or قارب الاِمْتِلَآءَ (K) [It was, or became, near to being full]: قارب [thus used] is the verb from قَرْبَانُ [q. v.], and قَرُبَ is not used in its stead. (Sb, TA.) And one says also, قارب مِلْأَهُ [It was, or became, nearly equal, or it nearly amounted, to what would fill it]. (Msb.), And قارب قَدْرَهُ [It was, or became, nearly equal, or equivalent, to its quantity, or amount; or it was, or became, nearly equivalent to it]. (K, TA.) [And hence the term أَفْعَالُ المُقَارَبَةِ The verbs of appropinquation; as كَادَ &c.] b3: قارب الخَطْوَ He made the stepping to be contracted; syn. دَانَاهُ; (Az, K, TA;) [i. e. he made short steps: made his steps to be near together;] said of a horse. (TA.) And قارب كَلَامَهُ [He made the several portions of his speech, i. e. he made his words, to be near together; so that it means he uttered his speech rapidly]. (K in art. وط; &c.) and قارب بين الكَلِمَةِ وَالكَلِمَةِ فِى التَّسْبِيحِ [He made the words to follow one another nearly, or to be near together, in the act of praise, or the like.] (M in art. دنو.) And قَارَبْتُ بَيْنَ الأَمْرَيْنِ i. q. دَانَيْتُ [I made the two affairs, or events, to be nearly uninterrupted]. (T, S, Msb, all in art. دنو.) b4: قاربهُ also signifies He thought him, or it, to be near. (Ham p. 634.) And قارب الأَمْرَ He thought the thing. (MF.) b5: And He interchanged with him good, or pleasing, speech. (O, K, TA.) b6: And قارب فِى الأَمْرِ He pursued the right, or just, or middle, course, neither exceeding it nor falling short of it, in the affair. (O, * K, * TA.) b7: And قَارَبْتُهُ فِى البَيْعِ [app. meaning, in like manner, I pursued a middle course with him in selling, or buying, with respect to the price demanded or offered, neither exceeding what was just nor falling short of it], (S, O,) inf. n. مُقَارَبَةٌ. (S.) b8: مُقَارَبَةٌ and قِرَابٌ signify also The raising the leg [or legs, of a woman,] for the purpose of جِمَاع. (K.) 4 أَقْرَبَ see 1, second quarter. b2: [Hence,] أَقْرَبَت, (S, A, O, K,) said of the pregnant, (A, TA,) or of a woman, and of a mare, and of a ewe or goat, (S, O, TA,) and also of an ass, (Lth, TA,) but [app.] not [properly] of a camel, (Lth, S, * O, * TA,) [though it is sometimes said of a camel, as in the S and O voce غَمُوس, and in the O and K in art. ك,] She was, or became, near to bringing forth. (Lth, S, A, O, K.) b3: and اقرب said of a colt, and of a young camel, (K, TA,) &c., (TA,) He was, or became, near to the age of shedding his central incisors; (K, TA;) and likewise, to that of shedding other teeth. (TA.) b4: And He nearly filled a vessel. (S, O, K.) b5: لَأُقْرِبَنَّكُمْ صَلَاةَ رَسُولِ اللّٰهِ occurs in a trad. of Aboo-Hureyreh, meaning I will indeed perform to you the like of, or what will be nearly the same as, the praying of the Apostle of God. (TA.) b6: اقرب الإِبِلَ He made the camels to journey by night in order to arrive at the water on the morrow: (O, * K, TA:) or اقربوا إِبِلَهُمْ They, after pasturing them in the tract between them and the watering-place, and journeying on during a part of the time until there remained between them and the water a night, or an evening, hastened their camels. (Lth, TA.) b7: And اقرب القَوْمُ The people, or party, became persons whose camels were performing a journey such as is termed قَرَبٌ: the part. n. is [said to be] ↓ قارب, not مُقْربٌ: (As, S, O:) the former of these is said by A'Obeyd to be anomalous: (S, O:) [but see قَرَبَ, which is expl. as having almost exactly the same meaning as that which is in this instance assigned to اقرب. And it is also mentioned in the TA, app. on the authority of AA, that the same phrase and the same anomalous part. n. are used when the people's camels are مُتَقَارِبَة (which means few, or near together): but I think that this word is a mistake of a copyist, for قَوَارِبُ: see قَارِبٌ.]

A2: See also 1, last quarter, in six places.5 تَقَرَّبَ see 1, near the middle of the paragraph. b2: [Hence] one says to his companion, urging him, تَقَرَّبْ, meaning (tropical:) Advance thou, or come forward: (A, TA:) or تَقَرَّبْ يا رَجُلُ, meaning hasten, O man. (As, O, L, K, TA.) Only the imperative mood in this sense is said to be used. (MF, TA.) b3: And [hence, also,] تقرّب signifies He rendered himself near, or allied himself, [drew near, or ingratiated himself,] by affection and friendship. (TA, voce تَنَسَّبَ. [In this sense it is trans. by means of مِنْ.]) And He applied himself with gentleness, or courtesy, to obtain access, or nearness, to a man, by means of some act performed for that purpose, or by right. (TA. [In this sense it is trans. by means of إِلَى.]) And one says, تقرّب مِنَ اللّٰهِ [He drew near unto God] by prayer or the like, and righteous actions: and تقرّب اللّٰهُ مِنْهُ [God drew near unto him] by beneficence towards him. (TA.) And تقرِّب بِهِ إِلَى اللّٰهِ, (S, A, O, Msb, K, *) inf. n. تَقَرُّبٌ and تِقِرَّابٌ, (O, K,) the latter [of a rare form] like تِحِمَّالٌ and تِكِلَّامٌ and تِمِلَّاقٌ, (O,) He sought thereby nearness, to bring himself near, to draw near, or to approach, unto God; or to advance himself in the favour of God: (S, K, * TA:) and فَعَلَهُ تَقَرُّبًا إِلَيْهِ [He did it by way of seeking nearness, &c., to Him]. (A.) A2: تقرّب also signifies He (a man, O) put his hand upon his قُرْب (O, K, TA) i. e. his flank, (O, TA,) in walking; or, as some say, hastening, or going quickly. (TA.) 6 تقاربوا They were, or became, or drew, near, one to another: (S, * A, * Msb:) you say تقاربوا and ↓ اقتربوا [both app. signifying the same, like تخاصموا and اختصموا, and تخالطوا and اختلطوا, and تشاركوا and اشتركوا, &c.]. (A.) b2: See also 1, second quarter. b3: تقاربت إِبِلُهُ means (tropical:) His camels became few, [because drawing near together,] (A, O, K, TA,) and (as is also said of other things, TA) declined, or became reduced to a bad state. (O, * K, * TA.) b4: And [for the like reason, because of its becoming dense,] تقارب is said of seed-produce, or standing corn or the like, meaning (assumed tropical:) It became nearly ripe. (O, K, TA.) b5: And hence [accord. to some], تَقَارَبَ الزَّمَانُ (assumed tropical:) [When the time becomes contracted], occurring in a trad., expl. in art. زمن, q. v. (TA.) 8 إِقْتَرَبَ see 1, second quarter, in two places: b2: and see also 6.10 استقربهُ [contr. of استبعدهُ]. One says, هُوَ يَسْتَقْرِبُ البَعِيدَ [He reckons near that which is remote]. (A, Msb.) قُرْبٌ [mentioned in the first sentence of this art. as an inf. n.] is the contr. of بُعْدٌ: (S, O:) [used as a simple subst., it signifies Nearness, and] it is said to be [properly, or primarily,] in respect of place; [i. e. vicinity;] as distinguished from قُرْبَةٌ &c. (Msb, TA.) You say, إِنَّ قُرْبَكَ زَيْدًا [Verily Zeyd is in thy vicinity; i. e., near thee in respect of place]; but not إِنَّ بُعْدَكَ زَيْدًا; because قُرْب is more capable of being used as an adv. n. of place than بُعْد: in like manner they said also ↓ هُوَ قُرَابَتَكَ, meaning [He is in thy vicinity; i. e.,] near thee in respect of place. (Sb, TA. [See also قَرِيبٌ.]) [And بِالقُرْبِ مِنْهُ is a phrase of frequent occurrence, meaning In the vicinity of, or near in respect of place to, him, or it.] And one says, تَنَاوَلَهُ مِنْ قُرْبٍ and ↓ مِنْ قَرِيبٍ [He took it, or took it with his hand, from a near place or spot]. (A, Msb.) and رَأَيْتُهُ مِنْ قُرْبٍ [and ↓ مِنْ قَرِيبٍ I saw him, or it, from a near place or spot, or from within a short distance]. (S in art. ام; &c.) b2: It is also syn. with ↓ قَرَابٌ [signifying Nearness in respect of time] as used in the saying اِفْعَلْ ذٰلِكَ بِقَرَابٍ

[i. e. Do thou that soon; like as one says, عَنْ

↓ قَرِيبٍ]: (K, TA:) accord. to the K, the word قراب in this case is like سَحَاب: but it is said in a prov., أَكْيَسُ ↓ الفِرَارُ بِقِرَابٍ, thus in the S, or, as some relate it, ↓ بِقُرَابٍ; and IB says, J has cited this prov. [next] after the قِرَاب of the sword, but should have said that القِرَابُ is also syn. with القُرْبُ, and should then have adduced the prov. as an ex. meaning The fleeing soon in eagerness of desire for safety [is more, or most, shrewd]: (TA:) [this rendering, however, requires consideration; for, accord. to Meyd, who gives only the reading بِقِرَابٍ, the meaning of the prov. is, that he who flees with the ↓ قِرَاب (by which is meant the scabbard) when the sword has passed away from his possession is more shrewd than he who causes, or suffers, the قِرَاب also to pass away from him: in Freytag's Arab Prov. ii. 210, both of these explanations are given; but قريب is there erroneously put for قُرْب.] b3: See also قَرَابَةٌ. b4: It is also a pl. of قَرِيبٌ [q. v.]. (TA in art. زلف.) A2: قُرْبٌ also, and ↓ قُرُبٌ, (S, O, K,) the former of which is the original, (TA,) signify The خَاصِرَة [or flank]: (O, K:) or [the part] from the شَاكِلَة [which is syn., or nearly so, with خَاصِرَة,] to the مَرَاقّ [or soft parts] of the belly: (S, O, K:) and likewise from the رَفْغ [generally meaning groin] to the armpit, on each side: (TA:) [properly used in relation to a horse:] sometimes metaphorically used in relation to a she-camel, and to an ass [meaning a wild ass, and also to a man: see 5, last sentence]: (TA:) pl. أَقْرَابٌ; (T, S, O, K;) which is also used in the place of the dual. (T, TA.) قَرَبٌ [mentioned in the latter half of the first paragraph of this art. as an inf. n.] is [said to be] a subst., signifying A journey to water when it is a night's journey distant: or, as As said, on the authority of an Arab of the desert, (S, O,) a journey by night in order to arrive at the water on the morrow; (S, O, K;) and so ↓ قِرَابَةٌ [which is also mentioned as an inf. n. in the latter half of the first paragraph of this art.]; (K;) a journey by night in order to arrive at the water on the second following day being called طَلَقٌ: (S, O:) and the seeking water by night: or, when it is not more than a night's journey distant: or the first day in which one journeys to water when it is two days distant; the second day being called طَلَقٌ: (K: [but the converse seems to be the truth, being asserted by several of the highest authorities, and agreeable with the derivation of each of the two words: see طَلَقٌ:]) or the night after which, in the morning, one arrives at the water: (TA:) and لَيْلَةُ القَرَبِ is the night in which people with their camels hasten to the water in a journey such as is termed قَرَبٌ بَصْبَاصٌ; this latter term being applied to signify a people's letting their camels pasture while they are journeying towards water; and when there remains an evening between them and the water, hastening towards it: (S, O:) or, as is said on the authority of As, لَيْلَةُ القَرَبِ is the second night after the pastor has turned the faces of his camels towards the water, and so left them to pasture; this second night being the night of hard driving; and the first night being called لَيْلَةُ الطَّلَقِ: accord. to AA, [the journey called] القَرَبُ is [the journey to water] during three days, or more. (TA.) And [hence] القَرَبَ is used to signify What is a night's journey distant. (S in art. نوب, in explanation of a verse cited in that art. [Or, accord. to IAar, قَرَب there signifies near, so as to be visited repeatedly: or, as AA says, at such a distance as to be visited once in three days.]) [See also a saying mentioned voce حَوْزٌ.] b2: Also A well of which the water is near [to the mouth]. (O, K.) قُرُبٌ: see قُرْبٌ, last sentence.

قُرْبَةٌ an inf. n. of قَرُبَ [q. v.: and used as a simple subst. signifying Nearness]; like قُرْبٌ: or the former is in station, or grade, or rank. (Mgh, Msb.) You say, طَلَبْتُ مِنْهُ القُرْبَةَ [I sought of him nearness of station, &c.; or admission into favour]. (A.) b2: See also قَرَابَةٌ. b3: Also, (A, O, Msb,) and ↓ قُرُبَةٌ, (Msb,) A thing [such as prayer, or any righteous deed or work,] whereby one seeks nearness, to bring himself near, to draw near, or to approach, unto God; or to advance himself in the favour of God; (A, * O, Msb;) as also ↓ قُرْبَانٌ: (S, O, Msb, K:) pl. of the first and second قُرَبٌ and قُرْبَاتٌ and قُرُبَاتٌ and قُرَبَاتٌ. (Msb.) قِرْبَةٌ A kind of سِقَآء [or skin], (S, * O, * TA,) used for water: (S, O:) or a وَطْب [or skin] that is used for milk, and sometimes for water: (ISd, K:) or such as is sewed on one side: (K:) [the modern قِرْبَة, which is seldom, if ever, used for anything but water, is (if I may judge from my own observations and the accounts of others) always made of the skin of a goat about one year old or upwards: it consists of nearly the whole skin; only the skin of the head, and a small portion of that of each leg, being cut off: it has a seam extending from the upper part of the throat nearly to the belly, and sometimes a corresponding seam at the hinder part, but more commonly only a patch of leather over the fundament and navel: over the seam, or over each seam, is sewed a narrow strip of leather; and a mouth of leather is added in the place of the head: it is carried on the back, by means of a strap, or cord, &c., one end of which is generally attached to a cord connecting the two fore-legs; and the other, to the right hind leg:] the pl. (of pauc., S, O) is قِرْبَاتٌ, and قِرَبَاتٌ, and قِرِبَاتٌ, and (of mult., S, O) قِرَبٌ. (S, O, Msb, K.) فِيهِ قَرَبَةٌ and ↓ قِرَابَةٌ are said of a vessel that is nearly filled [meaning In it is a quantity that nearly fills it]. (K, TA.) [See also قِرَابٌ.]

قُرُبَةٌ: see قُرْبَةٌ: b2: and see also قَرَابَةٌ.

قُرْبَى [mentioned in the first sentence of this art. as an inf. n.: and used as a simple subst.]: see قَرَابَةٌ, in five places: and see also قَرِيبٌ, latter half.

قَرْبَانُ A vessel nearly full: fem. قُرْبَى: (S, O, K:) and pl. قِرَابٌ: (S, O:) you say قَدَحٌ قَرْبَانُ مَآءً i. e. [A drinking vessel] nearly full of water: and the ق in قربان is [said to be] sometimes changed into ك: (TA:) so accord. to Yaakoob; but ISd denies this. (TA in art. كرب.) A2: See also the paragraph here following.

قُرْبَانٌ: see قُرْبَةٌ: [it may often be rendered An offering, or oblation: and hence it sometimes means a sacrifice, as in the Kur iii. 179:] pl. قَرَابِينُ. (Msb.) قُرْبَانُهُمْ دِمَآؤُهُمْ [Their offering to God is their blood, lit. bloods,] occurs in a trad. as cited from the Book of the Law revealed to Moses, and as referring to the Arabs; meaning, they seek to bring themselves near unto God by shedding their blood in fighting in the cause of religion; whereas the قربان of preceding peoples consisted in the slaughtering of oxen or cows, and sheep or goats, and camels. (TA.) And it is said in another trad., الصَّلَاةُ قُرْبَانُ كُلِّ تَقِىٍّ [The divinely-appointed act of prayer is the offering to God of every pious person]; meaning, that whereby the pious seek to bring themselves near unto God. (TA.) b2: Also, (S, A, O, K,) and ↓ قَرْبَانٌ, (K,) but this latter is by some disapproved, (TA,) [A near associate; or] a particular, or special, (A, K,) associate or companion (A) or consessor; (K;) or a consessor; and a particular, or special, associate or companion; (S, ISd, O;) [or a familiar, or favourite;] of a king, (S, ISd, A, O, K,) or of a governor, or prince; (S, O;) [or of any person who is either a superior or an equal;] so called because of his nearness: (TA:) pl. قَرَابِينُ: (S, A, O, K:) and one says also, فُلَانٌ مِنْ قُرْبَانِ الأَمِيرِ [Such a one is of the near associates, &c., of the governor, or prince]; (S, O;) [for] قُرْبَانٌ is [said to be originally] an inf. n., and [therefore, as an epithet,] the same as sing. and dual and pl.: (so in a marginal note in one of my copies of the S:) or, in a phrase of this kind, it is a pl. of ↓ قَرِيبٌ. (A in art. بعد.) قَرَابٌ: see قُرْبٌ, former half.

قُرَابٌ: see قَرِيبٌ, last quarter, in two places: b2: and قُرْبٌ, near the middle: b3: and قِرَابٌ, former half: b4: and قُرَابَةٌ.

قِرَابٌ [an inf. n. of 3. And hence قِرَابَ as an adv. n. of time]. You say, أَتَيْتُهُ قِرَابَ العِشَآءِ I came to him near nightfall: and قِرَابَ اللَّيْلِ near night. (Lth, TA.) And 'Oweyf El-Kawáfee says, describing she-camels, (so in the TA and in one of my copies of the S,) or 'Oweyf El-Fezáree, (so in the O,) هُوَ ابْنُ مُنَضِّجَاتٍ كُنَّ قِدْمًا يَزِدْنَ عَلَى العَدِيدِ قِرَابَ شَهْرٍ (O, TA) i. e. He is the off spring of [one of the] she-camels that went beyond the usual time of bringing forth, that used formely to exceed the computed [time] near a month: J give a different reading of this verse, يَرِدْنَ عَلَى الغَدِيِر; but the correct reading is that given above. (IB, TA.) b2: See also قُرْبٌ, near the middle. b3: قِرَابُ الشَّىْءِ and ↓ قُرَابُهُ and ↓ قُرَابَتُهُ signify What is nearly the equal in quantity, or amount, or nearly the equivalent, of the thing. (K.) One says, مَعَهُ أَلْفُ دِرْهَمٍ أَوْ قِرَابُهُ He has with him a thousand dirhems, or nearly the equal thereof: and مَعَهُ مِلْءُ قَدَحٍ مَآءً أَوْ قِرَابُهُ He has with him a cupful of water, or nearly the equal thereof. (Lth, TA.) And a poet says, (S,) namely, El-'Ambar, (so in the O and TA,) or Es-Sinnabr, (so in the Mz, 49th نوع,) Ibn-'Amr, Ibn-Temeem, (O, TA, *) إِلَّا تَجِئْ مَلْأَى يَجِئْ قِرَابُهَا [If a full bucket (دَلْوٌ being understood, as is indicated in the S and O and TA,) come not, what will be nearly the equal thereof will come]. (S, O, TA.) One says also, لَوْ أَنَّ لِى قِرَابَ هٰذَا ذَهَبًا i. e. [If there belonged to me] the quantity nearly sufficient for the filling of this [of gold]: and لَوْ جَآءَ بِقِرَابِ الأَرْضِ i. e. [If he brought] that which would be nearly the equal in quantity of the earth. (Msb.) And الرُّكْبَتَيْنِ ↓ المَآءُ قُرَابَةُ [The water is such as is nearly the equal in height of the two knees]. (A.) [See also قَرَبَةٌ.]

A2: Also The غِمْد [i. e. scabbard, or sheath,] of a sword, (K, TA,) or of a knife: (TA:) or the جَفْن [i. e. case, or receptacle,] of the غِمْد; (K, TA;) the جَفْن, which is a case, or receptacle, wherein is the sword together with its scabbard (بِغِمْدِهِ) and its suspensory belt or cord: (S, O, TA:) it is like a جِرَاب of leather, into which the rider, or rider upon a camel, puts his sword with its جَفْن [here meaning scabbard], and his whip, and his staff, or stick, and his utensils: (Az, TA:) or like the جِرَاب, into which one puts his sword with its scabbard (بِغِمْدِهِ), and his whip, and sometimes his travelling-provisions of dates &c.: (IAth, TA:) the pl. of the قِرَاب of the sword is قُرُبٌ [a pl. of mult.] (Msb, TA) and أَقْرِبَةٌ [a pl. of pauc.], like خُمُرٌ and أَخْمِرَةٌ pls. of خِمَارٌ. (Msb.) See also قُرْبٌ, latter half.

قَرِيبٌ Near in respect of place: (S, O, Msb, K, * &c.:) in this sense used alike as sing. and pl. (Kh, ISk, T, O, Msb, K *) and dual, (ISk, TA,) and as masc. and fem., (AA, Kh, Fr, ISk, T, S, O, Msb,) as is also بَعِيدٌ in the contr. sense: (Kh, ISk, TA:) the Arabs say هُوَ قَرِيبٌ مِنِّى, (ISk, O, * TA,) and هُمَا قَرِيبٌ مِنِّى, and هُمْ قَرِيبٌ مِنِّى, (ISk, TA,) and هِىَ قَرِيبٌ مِنِّى, &c., meaning فِى مَكَانٍ قَرِيبٍ [in a place near, to me, or little removed from me:] (ISk, O, TA:) or when you say هِنْدٌ قَرِيبٌ مِنْكَ, it is as though you said هِنْدٌ مَوْضِعُهَا قَرِيبٌ مِنْكَ [Hind, her place is near to thee:] (AA, Msb:) hence, [in the Kur vii. 54,] إِنَّ رَحْمَةَ اللّٰهِ قَرِيبٌ مِنَ المُحْسِنِينَ [Verily the mercy of God is near unto the welldoers]: (AA, ISk, O, Msb:) but it is allowable to say قَرِيبَةٌ, as also بَعِيدَةٌ: (ISk, O, Msb, TA:) or (accord. to Zj, TA) قريب is here without ة because رحمة is not really [but only conventionally] of the fem. gender: (S, O, TA:) [but this reason is not satisfactory, because it does not apply to other cases mentioned above:] and it is also said that it is without ة because it is assimilated to an epithet of the measure فَعُولٌ, which does not receive the fem. affix ة. (TA.) [Hence the phrase مِنْ قَرِيبٍ:] see قُرْبٌ, former half, in two places. And [hence also] you say, إِنَّ قَرِيبًا مِنْكَ زَيْدًا [Verily Zeyd is in a place near to thee]; like as you say, إِنَّ قُرْبَكَ زَيْدًا. (Sb, TA.) b2: [Also Near in respect of time, whether future, as in the Kur xlii. 16, &c.; or past, as in the Kur lix. 15. And hence قَرِيبًا meaning Shortly after and before. And Nearly, as when one says, أَقَمْتُ بِالمَوْضِعِ قَرِيبًا مِنْ سَنَةٍ I remained, stayed, or abode, in the place nearly a year. Hence also the phrase عَنْ قَرِيبٍ:] see قُرْبٌ, near the middle. b3: And Near as meaning related by birth or by marriage: (S, O, Msb, K:) [and generally used as an epithet in which the quality of a subst. is predominant, meaning a relation, or relative:] in this sense it receives the fem. form, by universal consent; so that you say, هٰذِهِ المَرْأَةُ قَرِيبَتِى [This woman is my relation]: (Fr, S, O, Msb: *) and likewise the dual form; so that you say, [هُمَا قَرِيبَانِ and] هُمَا قَرِيبَتَانِ [They two are relations]: (AA, Msb:) [and it has a pl., namely, أَقْرِبَآءُ;] you say, هُمْ أَقْرِبَائِى and أَقَارِبِى (S, A, O, K) [and أَقْرَبِىَّ, this last originally أَقْرَبُوىَ; the first signifying They are my relations; and the second and third, properly, being pls. of ↓ أَقْرَبُ, They are my nearer, or nearest, or very near, relations; though in the T the second is said to be pl. of قَرِيبٌ; and in most of the copies of the K, but not in all, (for in some the first of these three words is omitted, as it is also in the TA,) it is implied that أَقْرِبَآءُ and أَقَارِبُ and أَقْرَبُونَ (which are mentioned in the Msb without any distinction of meaning) are all to be understood in the latter sense]: and قُرْبٌ [also] is a pl. of قَرِيبٌ [app. in the sense here assigned to it], like as غُرْبٌ is of غَرِيبٌ; (TA in art. زلف;) and قَرْبَى is allowable as a pl. of فَرِيبٌ: (T, TA:) the pl. of قَرِيبَةٌ is قَرَائِبُ. (T, Msb, TA.) And like as you say, هُوَ قَرِيبِى

[meaning He is my relation], as too you say, ↓ هُوَ ذُو قَرَابَتِى (S, O, K) and مِنِّى ↓ ذُو قَرَابَةٍ and منّى ↓ ذُو مَقْرُبَةٍ and مِنِّى ↓ ذُو قُرْبَى; (TA;) but not ↓ هُوَ قَرَابَتِى; (K;) [for only] the vulgar say this; as also هُمْ قَرَابَاتِى: (S, O:) or, accord. to Z, ↓ هُوَ قَرَابَتِى is allowable, being accounted for as a phrase in which the prefixed n. [ذُو] is suppressed; and it has moreover been asserted to be correct and chaste in verse and prose: ↓ قَرَابَةٌ also occurs in the trads. in the sense of أَقَارِبُ: it is said in the Nh to be an inf. n. used as an epithet, agreeably with general analogy: and in the Tes-heel it is said to be a quasi-pl. n. of قَرِيبٌ, like as صَحَابَةٌ is of صَاحِبٌ: (MF, TA:) [accord. to Mtr,] ↓ قَرَابَةٌ is correctly applicable to one and to a pl. number, as being originally an inf. n.; so that one says, هُو قَرَابَتِى and هُمْ قَرَابَتِى; though the chaste phrase is ذُو قَرَابَتِى applied to one; and ذَوَا قَرَابَتِى, to two; and ذَوُو قَرَابَتِى, to a pl. number. (Mgh.) b4: And [it is also applied to relationship:] one says, بَيْنَنَا نَسَبٌ قَرِيبٌ and ↓ قُرَابٌ [Between us is a near relationship]. (A.) b5: It signifies also Near, or allied, by affection and friendship. (TA voce تَنَسَّبَ.) [You say, فُلَانٌ قَرِيبٌ مِنَ النَّاسِ meaning Such a one is near, &c., or friendly and affectionate, to people, or mankind.] See also قُرْبَانٌ, last sentence. b6: And one says, مَا هُوَ بِعَالِمٍ

عَالِمٍ ↓ وَلَا قُرَابِ and عَالِمٍ ↓ قُرَابَةِ meaning قَرِيبِ عَالِمٍ

[i. e. He is not learned nor near learned]. (TA.) And مِنْ ذٰلِكَ ↓ مَا هُوَ بِشَبِيهِكَ وَلَا بِقُرَابَةٍ meaning وَلَا بِقَرِيبٍ مِنْ ذٰلِكَ [i. e. He is not the like of thee nor near that]; (S, O;) or مِنْكَ ↓ وَلَا بِقُرَابَةٍ

meaning بقَرِيبٍ [i. e., nor near the like of thee]. (K.) b7: فُلَانٌ قَرِيبُ الثَّرَى; and قَرِيبُ الثَّرَى بَعِيدُ النَّبَطِ: see in arts. ثرى and نبط.

A2: Also, (O, K, TA,) but in some of the lexicons written قِرِّيبٌ, (TA,) Salted fish, while yet in its recent, moist, state. (O, K, TA.) قَرَابَةٌ, (S, O, K,) which is originally an inf. n., (S,) [i. e., of قَرُبَ, as is also, app., every one of its syns. here following,] and ↓ قُرْبَى and ↓ قُرْبَةٌ and ↓ قُرُبَةٌ (S, O, K) and ↓ قُرْبٌ (S, O) and ↓ مَقْرُبَةٌ and ↓ مَقْرَبَةٌ (S, O, K) ↓ مَقْرِبَةٌ, (K,) all of them, (S, O, K,) or the first and ↓ قُرْبَى, (Msb,) signify Relationship, or relationship by the female side; (S, O, * Msb, K, * TA;) or the first has the former of these significations and ↓ قُرْبَى has the latter of them: (T, TA:) [in the S, القَرَابَةُ is expl. signifying القُرْبَى فِى الرَّحِمِ; and in the Mgh and Msb, it and ↓ القُرْبَى are expl. as being فِى الرَّحِمِ; but in the T, as cited in the TA, the former is expl. as being فِى النَّسَبِ, and ↓ القُرْبَى as being فِى الرَّحِمِ: see the first sentence of this art.:] you say, بَيْنِى وَبَيْنَهُ قَرَابَةٌ &c. [i. e. Between me and him is a relationship, or a relationship by the female side]. (S, O.) b2: See also قَرِيبٌ, latter half, in six places.

قُرَابَةٌ: see قُرْبٌ, first quarter: b2: and قِرَابٌ, in two places: and قَرِيبٌ, near the end, in three places. b3: قُرَابَةُ المُؤْمِنِ and ↓ قُرَابُهُ signify The believer's فِرَاسَة [i. e. insight, or intuitive perception, &c.]; (Fr, O, K;) and his opinion, which is near to knowledge and assurance: occurring in a trad., in which it is said that one is to beware thereof, because he looks with the light of God. (Fr, O, TA. [See also فِرَاسَةٌ.]) قِرَابَةٌ: see قَرَبَةٌ: A2: and see also قَرَبٌ.

جَاؤُوا قُرَابَى, (IDrd, O, K,) the latter word similar to فُرَادَى, (IDrd, O,) They came near together. (IDrd, O, K.) قُرَيْبَى [dim. of قُرْبَى]. دُونَ كُلِّ قُرَيْبَى قُرْبَى

[There is a relationship nearer than every relationship small in degree] is a prov. applied to him who asks of thee something wanted which one more nearly related to thee than he has asked of thee. (Meyd. [See another prov., app. similar in meaning and application, voce دَنِىٌّ, in art. دنو.]) قَرَّابٌ A maker of [what are called] قرب [app. قُرُب, pl. of قِرَابٌ; or perhaps قِرَب, pl. of قِرْبَةٌ]. (TA.) قَرْنَبٌ: &c.: see art. قرنب.

قَارِبٌ [part. n. of قَرَبَ said of a man journeying to water: and accord. to As and A'Obeyd, part. n. of أَقْرَبَ used in a similar sense; as such anomalous]. One seeking, or seeking to attain, [or journeying to,] water: so says Az, without specifying any time: (TA:) or, accord. to Kh, (S, O, TA,) one doing so by night; (S, O, K, TA;) not applied to one doing so by day. (S, O, TA.) And its pl. قَوَارِبُونَ signifies Persons whose camels are performing a journey such as is termed قَرَبٌ: (As, S, O:) see 4, latter half. The epithet applied to camels in this case is قَوَارِبُ; (S, O;) [of which see another explanation voce طَلَقٌ;] and this epithet is also used in relation to birds. (IAar, TA.) مَا لِى

قَارِبٌ وَلَا هَارِبٌ occurs in a trad., meaning I have not any that goes to water nor any that returns from it. (L, TA. [See also هَارِبٌ.]) and حِمَارٌ قَارِبٌ means An ass hastening on in the night of arriving at the water. (Lth, TA.) A2: Also A small سَفِينَة; (A, K;) i. e. (A,) [a skiff;] a ship's boat, used by the seamen as a convenient means af accomplishing their needful affairs; (S, A, O;) also called سُنْبُوكٌ [or سُنْبُوقٌ]: (A:) pl. قَوَارِبُ: and أَقْرُبٌ occurs in a trad., and is said to be also a pl. of قَارِبٌ; but IAth says that this is not known as a pl. قارب, unless as anomalous; and it is said that أَفْرُبُ السَّفِينَةِ means the nearest parts of the ship; i. e., the parts near [or next] to the land. (TA.) قَوْرَبٌ Water over which, or against which, one has not power, or with which one cannot cope, by reason of its copiousness. (O, K.) أَقْرَبُ Nearer, and nearest, in respect of place, and in respect of time, &c.]: see قَرِيبٌ, in the middle of the paragraph.

ظَهَرَتْ تَقَرُّبَاتُ المَآءِ (tropical:) The foretokens of water appeared; i. e. small pebbles, from seeing which the well-digger, when he has nearly reached a spring, infers that water is near. (A, TA.) مَقْرَبٌ (A, O, K) and ↓ مَقْرَبَةٌ (O, K) (tropical:) A near, or the nearest, road or way: (A, O, K, TA:) or a small road or way, leading into a great one; said to be from القَرَبُ signifying “ the journeying by night,” or “ the journeying [by night] to water: ” (TA:) or, the former, a conspicuous road or way; so says IAar: (TA voce مَطْرَبٌ:) and the latter, accord. to AA, a place of alighting or sojourning or abiding; from القَرَبُ signifying “ the ” journeying [by night &c.]: the pl. is مَقَارِبُ. (TA.) مُقْرَبٌ A horse that is brought [or kept] near [to the tent, or dwelling], and treated generously, and not left to seek for pasture: fem. with ة:] or this is done only with mares, lest a stallion of low race should cover them: (IDrd, S, O, K:) or خَيْلٌ مُقْرَبَةٌ signifies horses that are [kept] near at hand, and prepared [for riding]: (El-Ahmar, TA:) or horses that have been prepared by scant food (ضُمِّرَتْ) for riding: (Sh, TA:) or horses of generous race, that are not confined in the pasturage, but are confined near to the tents, or dwellings, prepared for running. (R, TA.) and إِبِلٌ مُقْرَبَةٌ Camels girded for riding: (Sh, O, K:) or camels upon which are saddles (رِحَال) cased with leather, whereon kings ride: but this explanation has been disallowed. (Aboo-Sa'eed [i. e. As], TA.) [See also مُكْرَبَاتٌ.]

مُقْرِبٌ A woman, and a mare, and a ewe or goat, (S, O,) and an ass, (Lth, TA,) near to bringing forth: (S, O, K, TA:) [said to be] not used in relation to a camel; (S, O, TA;) the epithet used in this case being مُدْنٍ: (TA:) [but see the verb:] the pl. is مَقَارِيبُ; (S, O, K, TA;) as though they had imagined the sing. to be مِقْرَابٌ. (TA.) مَقْرَبَةٌ: see قَرَابَةٌ: A2: and see also مَقْرَبٌ.

مَقْرُبَةٌ: see قَرَابَةٌ; and see also قَرِيبٌ, latter half.

مَقْرِبَةٌ: see قَرَابَةٌ.

المُقَرَّبُونَ: see الكَرُوبِيُّونَ.

A2: See also what here follows, in two places.

شَأْوٌ مُقَرِّبٌ and ↓ مُقَرَّبٌ, and هَلْ مِنْ مُقَرِّبَةِ خَبَرٍ and خَبَرٍ ↓ مُقَرَّبَةِ, occur thus written, probably by mistake, the ق being thus put in the place of غ: see [مُغَرِّبٌ in] art. غرب. (TA.) مُقَارَبٌ: see the next paragraph, in two places.

شَىْءٌ مُقَارِبٌ, with kesr to the ر (tropical:) A thing of a middling sort, between the good and the bad: (S, O, K: *) and also a cheap thing: (S, O:) and ثَوْبٌ مُقَارِبٌ a garment that is not good: (Msb:) you should not say ↓ مُقَارَبٌ, (ISk, S, O, Msb,) with fet-h: (ISk, Msb:) you say also رَجُلٌ مُقَارِبٌ [a man of a middling sort]: and مَتَاعٌ مُقَارِبٌ [a commodity, or commodities, &c., of a middling sort, or cheap]: (TA:) or you say دِينٌ مُقَارِبٌ with kesr, [meaning a religion of a middling sort], and ↓ مَتَاعٌ مُقَارَبٌ with fet-h, (K, TA,) meaning [a commodity, &c.,] not precious. (TA.) مُتَقَارِبٌ A short man: because his extremities are near together. (O.) b2: And المُتَقَارِبُ is the name of The fifteenth metre of verse; (O;) the metre composed of فَعُولُنٌ eight times; (O, K; *) and [one species of] فَعُولُنْ فَعُولُنْ فَعَلٌ twice: (K:) so called because its أَوْتَاد are near together; there being between every two of them one سَبَب. (O, K. *)

جرب

Entries on جرب in 15 Arabic dictionaries by the authors Habib Anthony Salmone, An Advanced Learner's Arabic-English Dictionary, Al-Zamakhsharī, Asās al-Balāgha, Murtaḍa al-Zabīdī, Tāj al-ʿArūs fī Jawāhir al-Qamūs, and 12 more

جرب

1 جَرِبَ, (S, A, Mgh, Msb, K,) aor. ـَ (Mgh, Msb, K,) inf. n. جَرَبٌ, (Msb, TA,) He (a camel, S, A, Msb, K, and a man, S, or other animal, Msb,) was, or became, affected with what is termed جَرَب [i. e. the mange, or scab]. (S, Msb, K.) مَا لَهُ جَرِبَ وَحَرِبَ is a form of imprecation against a man [meaning What aileth him? may he have the scab, and be despoiled of all his wealth, or property: or may he have his camels affected with the mange, or scab, and be despoiled &c.: or may his camels be affected with the mange, or scab, &c.]: it may express a wish that he may be affected with جَرَب: or جَرِبَ may be put for أَجْرَبَ, to assimilate it to حَرِبَ: or it may be for جَرِبَتْ إِبلُهُ. (L.) b2: See 4. b3: Also (tropical:) i. q. هَلَكَتْ أَرْضُهُ [meaning His land had its herbage dried up by drought; or became such as is termed جَرْبَآء, fem. of أَجْرَبُ, q. v.]. (K.) 2 جرّبهُ, (A, Msb, K,) inf. n. تَجْرِبَةٌ, (M, A, K,) or تَجْرِيبٌ, the former, which see also below, being a simple subst., (Msb,) or both, but the former is irreg., are inf. ns., (TA,) He tried, made trial of, made experiment of, tested, proved, assayed, proved by trial or experiment or experience, him, or it: (A, K:) or he tried it, made trial of it, &c., namely, a thing, time after time. (Msb.) [You say also جَرَّبَ, for جَرَّبَ الأُمُورَ, meaning He tried affairs: and hence, i. q.]

جُرِّبَ فِى الأُمُور [He became experienced, or expert, in affairs]. (T, TA.) And جَرَّبَتْهُ الأُمُورُ [Affairs, or events, tried him. &c.: and thus, rendered him experienced, or expert]. (S, TA.) And مَا جُرِّبتْ عَلَيْهِ فَعْلَةٌ قَبِيحَةٌ قَطُّ [A foul action was never found to be chargeable upon him]. (S voce نُغْبَةٌ.) 4 اجرب He had his camels [or found them to be] affected with what is termed جَرَب [i. e. the mange, or scab]; (S, A, L, K;) as also ↓ جَرِبَ, (L, K,) which may be for جَرِبَتْ إِبِلُهُ; or used for أَجْرَبَ, to assimilate it to حَرِبَ in a saying mentioned above; see 1. (L.) Q. Q. 1 جَوْرَبَهُ He put on him [i. e., on his (another's) foot or feet,] جَوْرَب [i. e. a sock or stocking, or a pair of socks or stockings]. (S, K.) Q. Q. 2 تَجَوْرَبَ He put on [i. e., on his own foot or feet,] جَوْرَب [i. e. a sock or stocking, or a pair of socks or stockings]. (S, K.) And in like manner, تجورب جَوْرَبَيْنِ [He put on a pair of socks or stockings]. (TA.) جِرْبٌ: see جِرْبَةٌ.

جَرَبٌ [The mange, or scab;] a certain disease, (A,) well known; (S, A, K;) accord. to the medical books, (Msb,) a gross humour, arising beneath the skin, from the mixture of the salt phlegm, (Msb, MF,) or the phlegm of the flesh, (so in a copy of the Msb,) with the blood, accompanied with pustules, and sometimes with emaciation, in consequence of its abundance; (Msb, MF;) or [an eruption consisting of] pustules upon the bodies of men and camels. (M, TA.) You say, أعْدَى مِنَ الجَرَبِ عِنْدَ العَرَبِ [More transitive, or catching, than the mange, or scab, among the Arabs]: (A, TA:) a proverb. (TA.) b2: (assumed tropical:) Rust upon a sword. (K.) b3: (tropical:) A resemblance of rust upon the inner side of the جَفْن [or eyelid], (M, K,) sometimes covering the whole of it, and sometimes part of it. (M.) You say, بِأَجْفَانِهِ جَرَبٌ (tropical:) [In his eyelids is] a resemblance of rust upon their inner sides. (A.) b4: (assumed tropical:) A vice, a fault, a defect, an imperfection, or a blemish. (IAar, K.) جَرِبٌ: see أَجْرَبُ.

جِرْبَةٌ A place of seed-produce; (S, K;) as also ↓ جَرِيبٌ: (K:) and a tract of land such as is termed قَرَاح [i. e. a field, or land, sown or for sowing, without any building or trees in it; or land cleared for sowing and planting; or a separate piece of land in which palm-trees &c. grow; &c.]: (K:) metaphorically applied by Imra-el-Keys to [a grove of] palm-trees, where he says كَجِرْبَةِ نَخْلٍ أَوْ كَجَنَّةِ يَثْرِبَ [Like a grove of palm-trees, or like the plantation of Yethrib]: (AHn, TA:) or land prepared for sowing or planting: (AHn, K:) or a piece of land differing in condition from the land adjoining it, [i. e. a patch of land,] producing good plants or herbage: (Lth, TA:) the pl. [or rather coll. gen. n.] is ↓ جِرْبٌ, (Lth, AHn,) like as تِبْنٌ is of تِبْنَةٌ, and سِدْرٌ of سِدْرَةٌ: (AHn:) or جِرْبٌ signifies a قَرَاح; and its pl. is جِرَبَةٌ. (IAar, TA.) b2: A skin, or a mat, which is placed upon the brink of a well, lest the water should be scattered into the well [app. in falling from the bucket into the channel of the tank or cistern &c.]: or (a skin, TA,) that is placed in a rivulet or streamlet جَدْوَل [which is applied in the present day to an artificial streamlet for irrigation, in the form of a trench or gutter,]) that the water may flow down over it [app. from the well to the tank or cistern &c.]. (M, K.) جَرِبَةُ: see أَجْرَبُ, last sentence but one.

جَرْبَانُ or جَرْبَانٌ: see أَجْرَبُ: A2: and for the latter, see جُرُبَّانٌ.

جُرْبَانٌ and جِرْبَانٌ: see جُرُبَّانٌ, in five places.

جُرُبَّآء and جِرِبَّآء: see what next follows.

جُرُبَّانٌ (S, MF, TA) and جِرِبَّانٌ, (Mj, MF, TA,) which are the two forms commonly known, (MF, TA,) or, accord. to the K, ↓ جِرْبَانٌ and ↓ جُرْبَانٌ, or, accord. to the L, ↓ جَرْبَانٌ, and sometimes ↓ جُرْبَانٌ, or, accord. to some copies of the K, [and so in the CK,] ↓ جِرِبَّآء and ↓ جُرُبَّآء, which are evident mistranscriptions, or, accord. to the 'Ináyeh of El-Khafájee, جَرِبَّانٌ, which is more strange, (MF,) but this last accords [most nearly] with its original, (TA,) [for it is] a Persian word arabicized, (S, TA,) originally گَرِيبَانْ; (TA;) The جَيْب [or opening at the neck and bosom] of a shirt: (K, TA:) or the part around the neck, upon which are sewed the buttons: (IB and TA in art. بنق:) or the [part called] لِبْنَة [q. v.] of a shirt. (S, TA.) b2: جُرُبَّانُ سَيْفٍ (Fr, S, K) and ↓ جُرْبَانُهُ, (K, TA,) or ↓ جِرْبانهُ, (CK,) The edge (حَدّ) of a sword: (K:) or a thing [i. e. a case] (K, TA) of sewed leather (TA) in which are put a sword and its scabbard with the cords or belts by which it is suspended: (K, TA;) i. q. قِرَابُهُ: (S: [see also جِرَابٌ:]) or a large sword-case in which are a man's sword and his whip and what else he requires: (Fr, TA: [also called جُلُبَّان and جِلِبَّان and جُلْبَان:]) in the L, the first is [also] said to signify the scabbard of a sword. (TA.) جِرْبِيَآءُ [a word of a very rare form, (see كِبْرِيَآءُ,)] The north-west wind; a wind of the kind termed نَكْبَآءُ, that blows in a direction between that of the [north wind, or northerly wind, called]

شَمَال and that of the [west wind, or westerly wind, called] دَبُور, and that dispels the clouds: (S, TA:) it is a cold wind, and is sometimes attended by a little rain: (TA in art. نكب, q. v.:) or the [north wind, or northerly wind, called]

شمال: or the cold of that wind: (K, TA:) or, (K,) as also أَزْيَبُ, (TA,) the south east wind; the wind that blows in a direction between that of the [south wind, or southerly wind, called]

جَنُوب and that of the [east wind, or easterly wind, called] صَبَا. (K, TA.) b2: Also, with the article ال, a name of The seventh earth: corresponding to العِرْبِيَآءُ, a name of “the seventh heaven.” (TA.) A2: Also A weak man. (K.) جِرَابٌ, (S, Msb, K, &c.,) not جَرَابٌ, (ISk, Msb, K,) or this latter is of weak authority, (K, TA,) or peculiar to the vulgar, (S, L,) A provisionbag for travellers: (K, Har p. 174:) or a bag, or receptacle, for travelling-provisions and for goods or utensils &c.,; syn. وِعَآءٌ: (K, TA:) or such a receptacle made of sheep-skin, in which nothing is kept but what is dry: (TA:) pl. [of mult.] جُرُبٌ (S, Msb, K) and جُرْبٌ, (S, K,) the latter a contraction of the former, (TA,) and [of pauc.] أَجْرِبَةٌ. (S, Msb, K.) b2: (tropical:) A sword-case; or a case, or receptacle, in which a sword is put with its scabbard and its suspensory belt or cord; syn. قِرَابُ سَيْفٍ. (TA. [See also جُرُبَّانٌ.]) b3: (assumed tropical:) The scrotum. (K.) b4: جِرَابُ القَلْبِ (assumed tropical:) [The pericardium, or heart-purse]. (K in art. ثهت, &c.) b5: جِرَابُ البِئْرِ (assumed tropical:) The cavity of the well; (M, K;) or (tropical:) its interior, (Lth, S, M, A,) from top to bottom. (Lth, S, M.) You say, اِطْوِ جِرَابَهَا بِالحِجَارَةِ Case thou its interior with stones. (A.) جَرِيبٌ A certain measure, (M, A, Mgh, K,) or quantity, of wheat, (S, Msb,) consisting of four أَقْفِزَة [pl. of قَفِيزٌ]: (M, A, Msb, K:) or ten اقفزة; each قفيز thereof consisting of ten أَعْشِرَآء

[pl. of عَشِيــرٌ]; so that the عشيــر is the hundredth part of the whole: (TA:) or, as some say, a measure differing in different countries; as is the case of the رطْل and مُدّ and ذِرَاع &c. (MF, TA.) For the pl., see what follows. b2: Hence, (Mgh,) (assumed tropical:) A certain quantity of land; (S, Mgh, Msb;) as much as is sown with the measure of seed so called; (A, Mgh;) like as mules and the space that they travel are termed بَرِيدٌ: (A, Mgh: *) it is sixty cubits by sixty cubits; accord. to Kudámeh, the extent termed أَشْل multiplied by itself; the اشل being sixty cubits; the cubit being six قَبَضَات; and the قَبْضَة, four أَصَابِع: the tenth part of the جريب is called قفيز, and the tenth of the قفيز is called عشيــر; so that the قفيز is ten اعشراء: (Mgh:) it is a distinct portion of land, differing according to the different conventional usages of the people of different provinces: it is said that the width of six moderate-sized barleycorns is called إِصْبَعٌ; the قبضة is four اصابع; the ذِرَاع is six قبضات; ten أَذْرُع are called قَصَبَةٌ; ten قَصَبَات are called اشل; and the جريب is the extent termed اشل multiplied by itself: the اشل multiplied by the قصبة is called قفيز; and the اشل multiplied by the ذراع is called عشيــر: so the جِريب is ten thousand cubits: or, accord. to Kudámeh the Scribe, it is three thousand and six hundred cubits: (Msb:) pl. [of pauc.] أَجْرِبَةٌ and [of mult.] جُرْبَانٌ (S, Msb, K) and جُرُوبٌ. (R, TA.) See also جِرْبَةٌ. b3: Also A valley; (Lth, Msb, K; [accord. to the second of which, this is the primary signification;]) i. e., in an absolute sense; and, with the article ال, the name of a particular valley in the territory of Keys: (TA:) pl. أَجْرِبَةٌ. (Lth, TA.) جَوْرَبٌ [A sock or stocking, or a pair of socks or stockings;] the wrapper of the foot or leg: (K:) or a pair of woollen envelopes for the feet, used for warmth: (TA:) an arabicized word, (S, Msb,) from the Persian گُورَبْ, originally گُورْ, i. e. “tomb of the foot:” (TA:) pl. جَوَارِبَةٌ and جَوَارِبُ; (S, A, Msb, K;) in the former of which, the ة is added because it is originally a foreign word. (S, TA.) You say, هُوَ

أَنْتَنُ مِنْ رِيحِ الجَوْرَبِ [He, or it, is more stinking than the smell of socks, or stockings]. (A, TA.) جَوَارِبِىٌّ A maker of جَوَارِب [i. e. socks or stockings]. (TA.) أجْرَبُ (S, A, Mgh, Msb, K) and ↓ جَرِبٌ (A, Mgh, K) and ↓ جَرْبَانُ or جَرْبَانٌ (K accord. to different copies) [Mangy, or scabby;] affected with what is termed جَرَب: (S, A, Msb, K:) applied to a camel, (A, Msb,) and to a man: (S, A:) fem. (of the first, Msb) جَرْبَآءُ (A, Msb) and [of the second] جَرِبَةٌ: (A:) pl. (of the first, S, Msb) جُرْبٌ (S, A, Msb, K) and (of the first, S, Mgh, TA, or of the second, Mgh, or of the third agreeably with analogy, TA) جَرْبَى (S, Mgh, K) and [of the first] أَجَارِبُ, which is like certain pls. of substantives, as أَجَادِلُ and أَنَامِلُ, (TA,) and (of the first contrary to rule, like عِجَافٌ and بِطَاحٌ and عِصَالٌ which are pls. of أَعْجَفُ and أَبْطَحُ and أَعْصَلُ, Msb, or of the second, IB, K, or of جُرْبٌ, which is pl. of the first, S) جِرَابٌ: (S, IB, Msb, K:) this last occurs in the following verse [of ‘Amr, or' Omeyr, Ibn-El-Hobáb, or El-Khabbáb; these variations being in different copies of the K; but in the TA art. نشر, and in a copy of the S in that art. and in the present one, ‘Omeyr Ibn-El-Khabbáb]: وَفِينَا وَإِنْ قِيلَ اصْطَلَحْنَا تَضَاغُنٌ كَمَا طَرَّ أَوْبَارُ الجِرَابِ عَلَى النَّشْرِ (S, K *) Within us, though it be said that we have made peace, one with another, and we are on good terms outwardly, is mutual rancour: as the soft wool of the mangy camels (while disease lurks beneath, within them, TA) grows by reason of [eating] the نشر [or herbage] that becomes green at the and of summer (in consequence of rain falling upon it, TA) and is injurious to animals that pasture upon it: (K, TA:) and it is said by IB, and in the K, that جراب, here, is pl. of جَرِبٌ, not, as J says, of جُرْبٌ: but MF observes that فِعَالٌ is the pl. measure of several words of the measure فُعْلٌ, as رُمْحٌ and دُهْنٌ, and is even said by IHsh and Ibn-Málik and AHei to be regularly applicable to sings. of this latter measure; whereas no grammarian nor Arabic scholar asserts that a word of the measure فَعِلٌ assumes فِعَالٌ as the measure of its pl. (TA.) b2: [Hence,] سَيْفٌ أَجْرَبُ (tropical:) A sword reddened by much rust, which cannot be removed from it unless with a file. (A.) b3: And أَرْضٌ جَرْبَآءُ (tropical:) Land affected with. drought: (S, A, Msb, K: *) or salt land, affected with drought, and containing nothing. (ISd, TA.) b4: And الجَرْبَآءُ (tropical:) The sky; (S, M, A, K;) so called because of the stars (S, TA) and the milky way, (TA,) as though it were scabbed with stars; (S, IF, ISd;) its stars being likened to the marks of جَرَب; (A;) like as the sea is called أَجْرَدُ, and like as the sky is also called رَقِيع because [as it were] patched with stars: (AAF, ISd:) or that tract of the sky in which the sun and moon revolve: (M, K:) or the lowest heaven: (AHeyth, TA:) and accord. to the M, جربة [so in the TA, app. ↓ جَرِبَةُ,] is applied as a determinate [proper] name to the sky. (TA.) b5: and جَرْبَآءُ (assumed tropical:) A beautiful girl; (IAar, K;) so called because the women separate themselves from her, seeing that their goodly qualities are rendered foul by comparison with hers. (IAar, TA.) تَجْرِبَةٌ is a subst. from جَرَّبَ: (Msb:) or it is an inf. n. of that verb, (M, A, K,) and is one of the inf. ns. from which pls. are formed: (M, TA:) its pl. is تَجَاربُ (M, Msb, TA) and تَجَارِيبُ, (M, TA.) En-Nábighah says, إِلَى اليَوْمِ قَدْ جُرِّبْنَ كُلَّ التَّجَارِبِ [To this day, they (referring to females) have been tried with every kind of tryings]: and El-Aashà

says, كَمْ جَرَّبُوهُ فَمَا زَادَتْ تَجَارِبُهُمْ

أَبَا قُدَامَةَ إِلَّا المَجْدَ وَالقَنَعَا [How often have they tried him, and their tryings of Aboo-Kudámeh have not increased aught save his glory and contentment!]; تجارب being here a pluralized inf. n. made to govern an objective complement; which is a strange fact. (M, TA.) [But in this latter instance, we may consider ابا قدامة as a first objective complement of رادت, and شَيْئَا, understood before الّا, as a second objective complement of the same verb.]

مُجْرِبٌ A man who has his camels affected with what is termed جَرَب [i. e. the mange, or scab]: whence the prov., لَا إِلَاهَ لِمُجْرِبٍ [There is no god to one who has his camels affected with the mange]; as though he renounced his god by frequently swearing falsely by him that he had no pitch when it was demanded of him [for the purpose of curing other camels]: (A:) or لَا أَلِيَّةَ لِمْجْرِبٍ [There is no oath to one who has his camels affected with the mange; for the reason above mentioned, or because he is likely to deny that he has mangy camels lest his camels should be prevented from coming to water: and hence also,] أَكْدَبُ مِنْ مُجْرِبٍ [More lying than one who has his camels affected with the mange]; another prov. (Meyd. [See Freytag's Arab. Prov., ii. 382.]) مُجَرَّبٌ One who has been tried, or proved, in affairs, and whose qualities have become known: (T, TA:) or one who has been tried, or proved, and strengthened by experience in affairs: (S:) [experienced, or expert, in affairs:] or one whose qualities have been tried, or proved. (K, TA.) And ↓ مُجَرِّبٌ One having experience in affairs. (K, TA.) In general, but not always, (MF,) the Arabs used the former of these two epithets [which are virtually synonymous]. (S, MF.) b2: دَرَاهِمُ مُجَرَّبَةٌ Weighed money. (Kr, K.) b3: المُجَرَّبُ The lion. (Sgh, K.) A2: [It is also employed as an inf. n. of 2, in accordance with a usage of which there are many other instances; as in the saying,] أَنْتَ عَلَى المُجَرَّبِ [Thou art about to have the proof, or experience]: a prov., mentioned by Az: said to him who asks respecting a thing which he is about to know of himself: originally said by a woman to a man who asked her an indecent question which he was himself about to resolve. (TA.) مُجَرِّبٌ: see مُجَرَّبٌ.

فيأ

Entries on فيأ in 15 Arabic dictionaries by the authors Al-Zamakhsharī, Asās al-Balāgha, Al-Khalīl b. Aḥmad al-Farāhīdī, Kitāb al-ʿAin, Al-Muṭarrizī, al-Mughrib fī Tartīb al-Muʿrib, and 12 more

في

أ1 فَآءَ, aor. ـِ inf. n. فَىْءٌ (S, O, Msb) and فُيُوْءٌ, (O,) He (a man, Msb) returned; (S, O, Msb;) and so ↓ افآء, and ↓ استفآء: (M, TA:) فَىْءٌ, as also ↓ فَيْئَةٌ and ↓ فِيئَةٌ, [or the former of these, accord. to analogy, is an inf. n. of unity, and the latter an inf. n. of modality,] and إِفَآءَةٌ and اِستِفَآءَةٌ al' signify رُجُوعٌ: (K:) or, accord. to some, فَآءَ signifies particularly he returned to a good state or condition. (MF, TA.) One says, فَآءَ مِنْ غَضَبِهِ He returned [to a good state, or recovered, from his anger]: (M, TA:) and فُلَانٌ سَرِيعُ الفَىْءِ مِنْ غَضَبِهِ [Such a one is quick in respect of the returning &c. from his anger]: (S, M, * O:) and ↓ إِنَّهُ لَسَرِيعُ الفِيْئَةِ, (M,) or ↓ لَحَسَنُ الفِيْئَةِ, (S, O,) i. e. [Verily he is quick, or good, in respect of] the returning [to a good state, or from his anger, or in respect of the manner of returning &c.]: (S, M, O:) and ↓ هُوَ سَرِيعُ الغَضَبِ سَرِيعُ الفِيْئَةِ [He is quick in respect of anger, quick in respect of returning, or recovering, therefrom]. (A, TA.) And فَآءَ إِلَى الأَمْرِ, and فَآءَهُ [i. e. فَآءَ الأَمْرَ], inf. n. فَىْءٌ and فُيُوْءٌ, He returned [to the affair, or to the command, i. e. to that which was commanded]. (M, TA.) حَتَّى تَفِىْءَ إِلَى أَمْرِ اللّٰهِ , in the Kur xlix. 9, means Until it [referring to a party (طَائِفَة) before mentioned] return to the ordinance of God, or to that which God has commanded: (Bd:) or until it return (T, Msb) to obedience, (T,) or to that which is right. (Msb.) And فَآءَ إِلَى الأَمْرِ, inf. n. فَىْءٌ, signifies also He reconsidered the affair, or case. (TA.) b2: فَآءَ المُؤْلِى (M, Msb, K) مِنِ امْرَأَتِهِ, (M, K,) inf. n. فَىْءٌ, (TA,) or ↓ فَيْئَةٌ, (Msb,) means The man who had sworn to abstain from conjugal intercourse with his wife expiated his oath and returned to her. (M, Msb, * K. [See Kur ii. 226.]) But MF observes that this usage of فَآءَ to signify He expiated an oath belongs to the conventional language of the law. (TA.) In the case of a man who has sworn that he will abstain from conjugal intercourse with his wife, a period of four months is appointed to him in the Kur-án; and if he have such intercourse with her in the four months, it is said of him, قَدْ فَآءَ, meaning He has returned [or reverted] from his oath, to the doing that which he swore that he would not do, and is bound to expiate his oath: if he have not had such intercourse with her until the end of the four months from the day of his swearing, then, Ibn-'Abbás and a number of the Companions pass upon her a single sentence of divorce, making the [said sentence of] divorce to have effect at the end of the months; but many of the Companions and others say that in this case he must return, and expiate his oath, or he must divorce. (T, TA.) And [hence] one says ↓ لَهُ عَلَى امْرَأَتِهِ فَيْئَةٌ He has the right of returning to his wife: (Msb, TA:) and هُوَ يَمْلِكُ

↓ فَيْئَتَهَا He possesses the right of returning to her; namely, a wife whom he has divorced. (A, TA.) b3: الفَىْءُ عَلَى ذِى الرَّحِمِ occurs in a trad. as meaning The being favourably inclined, or affectionate, to the relation; and returning to kind treatment of him. (TA.) b4: فَآءَ said of the shade, (M, Msb,) aor. ـِ (Msb,) inf. n. فَىْءٌ, (M, Msb, K, *) It shifted, or removed; (M, K; *) or [rather] it returned from the side of the west to the side of the east: (Msb:) and الظِّلَالُ ↓ تَفَيَّأَتِ The shades became changed in their manner of being; (S, O;) or [rather] they returned [towards the east] after midday. (T, TA. [See the Kur-án xvi. 50.]) b5: And فَآءَتِ الشَّجَرَةُ; and ↓ تفيّأت; (M;) and ↓ فيّأت, inf. n. تَفِيْئَةٌ; (S, O, TA;) The tree had much shade. (M, TA.) فَآءَتِ الحَدِيدَةُ The iron implement became blunt after its being sharp. (T, TA.) A2: فِئْتُ الغَنِيمَةَ, (mentioned, but not expl., in the K,) inf. n. فَىْءٌ, (TA,) means I took the spoil. (TK.) [See also 10.]2 فيّأ الظِلَّ, and ↓ افآءهُ He (God) made the shade to return [in the afternoon]. (El-Khafájee, MF, TA.) A2: قَيَّأَت said of a tree: see 1, near the end. b2: Said of the wind, It put in motion the seed-produce, or standing corn, and the trees. (M, TA.) And, said of a woman, She put in motion her hair, from self-conceit, or vanity. (M, TA.) 4 أَفَأْتُهُ I made it to return. (O.) See also 2. b2: [Hence,] one says, أَفَآءَ اللّٰهُ عَلَى المُسْلِمِينَ مَالَ الكُفَّارِ [God restored to the Muslims, as though it were theirs by right, or gave to them as spoil, the property, or wealth, of the unbelievers]; (S, O;) inf. n. إِفَآءَةٌ. (S.) And أَفَآءَ اللّٰهُ عَلَيْهِمُ الغَنَائِمَ [God restored, or gave, to them the spoils]. And أَفَآءَ عَلَى قَوْمٍ فَيْئًا He took for a party the spoil of another party and brought it to them: and he took for a party spoil that had been taken from them. (T, TA.) b3: And أَفَأْتُ كَذَا I made such a thing to be a فَىْء [or spoil]. (TA.) b4: and أَفَأْتُ فُلَانًا عَلَى الأَمْرِ I turned him to the thing, or affair, when he had desired another thing, or affair. (Az, T.) A2: See also 1, first sentence.5 تَفَيَّأَتِ الظِّلَالُ: b2: and تفيّأت الشَّجَرَةُ: see 1, near the end. b3: تفيّأ فِيهِ means He shaded himself in it; i. e., in the shade termed فَىْء. (M.) One says, تَفَيَّأْتُ فِى فَىْءِ الشَّجَرَةِ [I shaded myself in the afternoon-shade of the tree]. (S, O.) And تفيّأ

بِالشَّجَرَةِ [He shaded himself by means of the tree; or] he entered into the أَفْيَآء [or afternoon-shades] of the tree: (MA:) and [it is said that] تَفَيَّأْتُ الشَّجَرَةَ signifies I entered into the أَفْيَآء of the tree, and shaded myself thereby: (Har p. 500:) and Aboo-Temmám has made it trans. by itself [i. e. without a prep.] in his saying, فَتَفَيَّأْتُ ظِلَّهُ مَمْدُودًا [as though meaning And I protected myself from the sun by its shade, when it was extended]: but [perhaps he has thus used the verb in the last of the senses here following, for] it is said that this is irregular. (TA.) b4: [Hence] one says, تَفَيَّأْتُ بِفَيْئِكَ meaning (tropical:) I have had recourse to thee for protection. (A, TA.) b5: تفيّأ is said of a branch or twig [as meaning It bent, in a languid manner]. (T, M, L, K, voce تَرَأَّدَ; &c.) and one says, تفيّأت لِزَوْجِهَا, meaning She bent herself over her husband, and affected languor, or languidness, to him, feigning coyness, or opposition, and threw herself upon him: (T, * TA:) from الفَىْءُ signifying “ the act of returning: ” and some say تقيّأت, with ق; but Az says that this is a mistake, and that it is correctly with ف (TA.) A2: تفيّأ signifies also تَتَبَّعَ [He sought a thing time after time, or repeatedly, &c.]. (Har p. 500.) And one says, فُلَانٌ يَتَفَيَّأُ الأَخْبَارَ and ↓ يَسْتَفِيؤُهَا [app. meaning Such a one seeks after news, or tidings, time after time, or repeatedly, &c.]. (A, TA.) 10 استفآء He took as spoil. (S, M, * O, K.) One says, اِسْتَفَأْتُ هٰذَا المَالَ I took this property as spoil. (S, O.) b2: See also 5.

A2: As intrans., see 1, first sentence.

فَىْءٌ Afternoon-shade; shade after the declining of the sun from the meridian; (T, * S, O;) [i. e.] the فَىْء is what was sun, and has been annulled, or superseded, by shade; (M, K;) or that from which the sun has departed: so called because of its “ returning ” from side to side: (S, O: [see 1, first sentence:]) ISk says, (S, O,) the ظِلّ is what sun has annulled, or superseded; [correctly, what sun annuls, or supersedes; (see ظَلٌّ;)] and the فَىْء is what has annulled, or superseded, sun: (S, Mgh, O:) but AO says, on the authority of Ru-beh, that on which the sun has been and from which it has departed is فَىْء and ظِلّ; and that on which the sun has not been is ظِلّ: (S, O:) [see more under this latter word:] pl. [of pauc.]

أَفْيَآءٌ and [of mult,] فُيُوْءٌ. (S, M, Mgh, O, Msb, K.) b2: And Spoil, booty, or plunder; syn. غَنِيمَةٌ [q. v.]; (S, M, Mgh, O, Msb, K;) thus called, by the inf. n., because it returns from one party to another; (Msb;) and فَيٌّ in this sense is not allowable; (Mgh, Msb;) nor is it in the preceding sense: (Mgh:) or such as is obtained without difficulty: and therefore likened to shade. (MF.) And The [tax, or tribute, termed] خَرَاج [q. v.]: (S, O, K:) frequently occurring in trads. as meaning such, of the possessions of the unbelievers, as accrues to the Muslims without war: (TA:) or such as is obtained from the believers in a plurality of gods after the laying-down of arms: (A 'Obeyd, Mgh and Msb voce غَنِيمَةٌ:) or such as God has restored [as though it were theirs of right] to the people of his religion, of the possessions of those who have opposed them, without fighting, either by the latter's quitting their homes and leaving them vacant to the Muslims, or by their making peace on the condition of paying a poll-tax or other money or property to save themselves from slaughter: such is termed فَىْء in the Kurn. (T. [See more under غَنِيمَةٌ.]) A2: Also A flock of birds: (O, K:) [or a number of birds disposed in a row:] also termed عَرَقَةٌ and صَفٌّ. (O, TA.) A3: يَا فَىْءَ, (M, O, K, in the CK [erroneously]

يا فَىْءُ,) or, accord. to Ks, correctly يا فَىَّ [q. v.]. (M,) [Oh! or O my wonder?] an expression of regret, (M, O, K,) accord. to most, (TA,) or of wonder, (Ks, M, K, TA,) meaning يَا عَجَبِى. (Ks, M.) [See شَىْءٌ, last three sentences.]

فِئَةٌ A [party, portion, division, or distinct body, of men, such as is termed] طَائِفَة: (S, O, K, TA:) or a company (Msb, TA) of soldiers who fight in the rear of an army, and to whom the latter has recourse in the case of fear or defeat: (TA:) or a company of men who [in war] have recourse, for aid, one to another: (Er-Rághib, TA:) a word having no proper sing.: (Msb, TA:) originally فِىْءٌ; (S, O, K;) the ة being substituted for the medial ى, which is dropped: (S, O:) or its original form is فِئْوٌ [or فِئْىٌ or فِئْوَةٌ or فِئْيِةٌ (see art. فأو and فأى)]; the final [radical] letter being that which is elided; for it is from فَأَوْتُ [or فَأَيْتُ]

“ I divided; ” and فِئَةٌ is syn. with فِرْقَةٌ: (IB, L, TA:) pl. فِئَاتٌ and فِئُونَ, (S, O, Msb, K,) in which latter the و and ن are for the making good what is deficient [in the sing.]. (Msb.) فَيْئَةٌ: see 1, in four places. b2: [Hence] ذُو فَيْئَةٍ a term applied to Date-stones (نَوَى التَّمْرِ) when they are hard: [because,] being given as fodder to cattle, and eaten by them, they pass forth as they were at first. (T, TA.) A2: Also A time; syn. حِينٌ. (K.) One says, جَآءَهُ بَعْدَ فَيْئَةٍ He came to him after a time. (TA.) b2: And The حِدَأَة [or kite], that seizes as its prey the chickens from the dwellings: (O:) or a certain bird resembling the eagle, (L, K,) which, when it fears the cold, migrates to El-Yemen. (L.) فِيْئَةٌ: see 1, first quarter, in four places.

تَفِيْئَةٌ, (M and K in art. تفأ,) as also تَفِيَّةٌ, both mentioned by Lh, and the latter reckoned as a dial. var. of the former, (M in that art.,) and تَئِفَّةٌ and إِفُّ and إِفَّةٌ and أَفَّةٌ and إِفَّانٌ and أَفَّانٌ, (see art. اف,)] The time of a thing: (M and K in art. تفأ:) one says, أَتَيْتُهُ عَلَى تَفِيئَةِ ذٰلِكَ I came to him at the time of that: (M in that art.:) and [by extension of the signification] one says, دَخَلَ عَلَى تَفِئَةِ فُلَانٍ meaning أَثَرِهِ [i. e. He entered near after such a one; as though treading in his footsteps]: (K in the present art.:) the ت in تَفِيْئَةٌ is an augmentative letter; the word being [originally] of the measure تَفْعِلَةٌ, but formed by transposition: Z says that the ت would not be augmentative if the composition of the word were as it is here, without transposition: that it is not of the measure تَفْعِلَةٌ from الفَىْءُ; for, if it were, it would be of the same measure as تَهْيِئَةٌ [i. e. it would be تَفْيِئَةٌ]; therefore, if not formed by transposition, it would be of the measure فَعِيلَةٌ [i. e. it would be from تفأ, as some hold it to be], because of the إِعْلَال [or alteration for the sake of alleviating the sound, such as takes place in يَسِيرُ for يَسْيِرُ, which cannot be in a noun of the measure تَفْعِلَةٌ from a triliteral root like فيأ, whose medial radical is infirm], the last radical being hemzeh: but its formation by transposition from تَئِفَّةٌ [originally تَأْفِفَةٌ] to تَفِّئَةٌ, which is then changed to تَفِيْئَةٌ, as Z says in the “ Fáïk,” is what determines the ت to be augmentative, and the [original] measure to be تَفْعِلَةٌ. (L and TA * in arts.

تفأ and فيأ.) مُفَآءٌ A thing that has been made a فَىْء [or spoil, &c.]. (TA.) And A person whose country, or province, or town, has been conquered, and become a فَىْء to the Muslims. (IKt, O, TA.) It is in a trad. of some of those who have gone before, ↓ لَا يُؤَمَّرُ مُفَآءٌ عَلَى مُفِىْءٍ, meaning An emancipated slave shall not be made governor over an Arabian; (K, TA;) or, as in the Nh [and O] and L, لا يَلِيَنَّ [shall by no means rule]; (TA;) as though it were said, none of the people of the Sawád (which was conquered by force and became a فَىْء to the Muslims) shall rule over the Companions (O, TA) and their next successors. (TA.) مُفِىْءٌ A person who makes a thing [or a country or the like] to be a فَىْء. (TA.) See also مُفَآءٌ.

مَفِيْئَةٌ: see the paragraph here following.

مَفْيَأَةٌ: see the paragraph here following.

مَفْيُؤَةٌ A place of فَىْء, i. e. of the shade thus termed; [a place of afternoon-shade;] (M, K;) as also ↓ مَفْيَأَةٌ; (K;) and, as AAF says, on the authority of Th, ↓ مَفِيْئَةٌ; (M, L, TA;) and so ↓ مَفْيُوْءَةٌ, like مَسْمُوعَةٌ [in measure]: (L, TA:) accord. to Lth, (TA,) مَفْيُؤَةٌ is syn. with مَقْنُؤَةٌ, (S, TA,) which signifies a place on which the sun does not come: so says Az; and he adds that it is probably correct, but that he had not heard it on any other authority than of Lth. (TA.) مَفْيُوْءٌ i. q. مَعْتُوهٌ [Idiotic, or an idiot, i. e. deficient, or wanting, in intellect; &c.]: so called from his keeping long [or much] in the shade. (M, TA.) مَفْيُوْءَةٌ: see مَفْيُؤَةٌ.

حول

Entries on حول in 19 Arabic dictionaries by the authors Al-Fayyūmī, Al-Miṣbāḥ al-Munīr fī Gharīb al-Sharḥ al-Kabīr, Ibn Manẓūr, Lisān al-ʿArab, Habib Anthony Salmone, An Advanced Learner's Arabic-English Dictionary, and 16 more

حول

1 حَالَ, (S, Mgh, Msb, K, &c.,) aor. ـُ Msb, Er-Rághib,) inf. n. حَوْلٌ and حُؤُولٌ (K, Er-Rághib) [and حَوَلَانٌ], It (a thing) became altered, transmuted, or changed, (S, * Mgh, Msb, Er-Rághib, TA,) from its state, or condition, (S, Mgh,) or from its natural state or condition, and its constitution; as also ↓ استحال; (Msb;) i. q. ↓ تحوّل; (K:) which [here] signifies [as above; or] it became altered, transmuted, or changed, whether essentially or substantially, or in respect of predicament [or state or condition], or by saying; (Er-Rághib, TA;) and ↓ احال signifies the same: (K:) or this last is said of a man meaning مِنْ شَىْءٍ إِلَى شَىْءٍ ↓ تحوّل [he shifted, or turned, from one thing to another]: (TA:) and hence, (TA,) he became a Muslim: (IAar, K, TA:) for in this case one says of a man, عَمَّا كَانَ ↓ تحوّل يَعْبُدُ إِلَى الإِسْلَامِ [he turned from that which he was worshipping to El-Islám]. (IAar, TA.) b2: [Hence, also,] حال, inf. n. مَحَالٌ and حِيلَةٌ, i. q. احتال, q. v. (Ham p. 652.) b3: And حال and ↓ استحال It (anything) shifted, or removed, or went, or became shifted or transferred; syn. تحوّل: or it moved; syn. تحرّك: so accord. to different copies of the K: or, accord. to the O, the former verb has both of these significations: (TA:) or it has the latter of these significations, said of a شَخْص [i. e. a man, or person, or the figure of a thing seen from a distance]: (S:) or both verbs signify it (anything) became altered, or changed, (M, K,) from straightness, or evenness, (K,) to crookedness, or unevenness. (M, K.) You say, حَالَتِ القَوْسُ The bow became crooked (K, TA) in the portion between the part grasped by the hand and the curved extremity; or in the curved extremity: (TA:) or reverted from the state into which it was brought by pressure [with the ثِقَاف], and became crooked in the portion between the part grasped by the hand and the curved extremity; as also ↓ استحالت: (S, O:) and in like manner, الأَرْضُ عَنِ الاِسْتِوَآءِ إِلَى ↓ استحالتِ العِوَجِ [The ground became altered, or changed, from evenness to unevenness]: (S:) or [simply]

↓ استحالت it became uneven: (Msb:) [and الارض ↓ أَحَالَتِ (K in art. صمت) app. signifies the same:] or ↓ استحال signifies it (a thing) was disposed, or was about, to become altered, or changed. (Er-Rághib, TA.) And حال لَوْنُهُ Its colour altered, or changed, and became black. (S.) And حال It (a thing) shifted from its way, or manner, or direction. (TA.) And حال وَتَرُ القَوْسِ The string of the bow shifted from its place on the occasion of shooting: and حَالَتِ القَوْسُ وَتَرَهَا, [the bow shifted from its string.] (TA.) And حال مِنْ مَكَانِهِ, inf. n. حِوَلٌ, (O, TA,) or this is a simple subst., (S, M, K,) He, or it, shifted, or removed, from his, or its, place. (O, TA. [See حِوَلٌ, below.]) And حال إِلَى مَكَانٍ آخِرِ i. q. ↓ تحوّل [i. e. He, or it, shifted, or removed, or became shifted or transferred, to another place]. (S.) And حال عَنِ العَهْدِ, inf. n. حُؤُولٌ, i. q. انقلب [i. e. He withdrew, or receded, from the covenant, compact, agreement, or engagement]. (S.) b4: حال فِى مَتْنِ فَرَسِهِ, inf. n. حُؤُولٌ, He leaped, and rode, upon the back of his horse; as also ↓ احال: (S:) or حال فِى ظَهْرِ دَابَّتِهِ he leaped, and seated himself firmly, upon the back of his beast; as also ↓ احال: (K, TA:) and حال عَلَى

الفَرَسِ, (TA,) inf. n. حَوْلَةٌ, (K, * TA,) he seated himself firmly upon the horse. (K, * TA.) b5: حال صَبُوحُهُمْ عَلَى غَبُوقِهِمْ, Their morning-draught and their evening-draught became one, is said of people suffering from drought, and scarcity of milk. (TA.) b6: حال, (Mgh, Msb, K,) aor. as above, inf. n. حَوْلٌ, (Msb,) said of a year (حَوْلٌ), (Mgh, K,) It passed: (Msb:) or it revolved and passed: (Mgh:) or it became complete. (K.) You say, حال عَلَيْهِ الحَوْلُ, (S, K,) inf. n. حَوْلٌ and حُؤُولٌ, (K,) The year passed over him, or it; [or he, or it, became a year old;] (S, K;) as also ↓ احال. (S.) And حال, alone, (Msb, TA,) and ↓ احال and ↓ أَحْوَلَ, (Msb,) The year passed over it. (Msb, TA.) And ↓ احال (S, K) and ↓ أَحْوَلَ (S, TA) and ↓ احتال (K) A year passed over it; [or it became a year old;] (S, K, TA;) said of wheat, or food, and of other things: (S, TA:) and so حالت and ↓ احالت and ↓ أَحْوَلَتْ said of a دار [or house]: (S:) or حَالَتِ الدَّارُ and ↓ احالت and ↓ أَحْوَلَت and حِيلَ بِالدَّارِ years passed over the house: (K:) or the house became altered, or changed, and years passed over it: and in like manner one says, أَعَامَت and أَشْهَرَت. (TA.) and حال said of a boy, A year passed over him; [or he became a year old;] (S;) as also ↓ احول. (K.) And بِالمَكَانِ ↓ احال (Ks, S, Msb, K) and ↓ أَحْوَلَ (Ks, S, K) He remained, stayed, abode, or dwelt, a year in the place: (Ks, S, Msb, K:) or, as some say, a long time. (TA.) b7: حَالَتْ, inf. n. حِيَالٌ (S, Msb, K) and حِيَالَةٌ and حُؤُولٌ (K) and حُولٌ; (S;) and ↓ احالت, and ↓ حوّلت; (K;) said of a she-camel, (S, K,) &c., (K,) She did not conceive, or become pregnant, during a year, or two years, or some years: (K:) or she, having been covered by the stallion, did not become pregnant: (S, K:) or, said of a woman, and of a she-camel, she did not become pregnant. (Msb.) And حالت, (S, Mgh, Msb, TA,) and ↓ احالت, (Mgh,) said of a palm-tree (نَخْلَةٌ), It bore one year, and not another year: (Mgh, TA:) or did not bear, (S, Msb,) having been fecundated. (S.) b8: حال الشَّىْءُ بَيْنِى وَبَيْنَكَ, (S, Er-Rághib,) or بَيْنَ الشَّيْئَيْنِ, (Mgh, * K,) inf. n. حَيْلُولَةٌ, [originally حَيْوَلُولَةٌ,] (Mgh, Msb,) like كَيْنُونَةٌ [&c.], (Mgh,) and حُؤُولٌ (Mgh) and حَوْلٌ, (Er-Rághib, TA,) The thing intervened as a separation, a partition, a fence, a barrier, or an obstacle, or obstruction, (S, K, Er-Rághib, TA,) between me and thee, (S, Er-Rághib, TA,) or between the two things. (K.) You say, حال النَّهْرُ بَيْنَنَا The river intervened as a separation, or an obstacle, between us, preventing conjunction, or communication. (Msb.) and حال الشَّىْءُ دُونَ الشَّىْءِ [The thing intervened as an obstacle in the way to the thing]. (S voce اِعْتَرَضَ.) It is said in the Kur [viii. 24], وَاعْلَمُوا

أَنَّ اللّٰهَ يَحُولُ بَيْنَ المَرْءِ وَقَلْبِهِ [And know ye that God interveneth, or interposeth, between the man and his heart, or secret thoughts, or desire]: indicating that He turns him from his desire: (Er-Rághib, TA:) or that He possesses his heart, and turns it as He wills: (O, TA:) or that a man cannot believe nor disbelieve unless it be God's will: (Jel:) or, as some say, that God destroys a man; or reduces him to the vilest condition of life, in order that he may not know, after knowing, anything. (Er-Rághib, TA. [See other remote interpretations in the Ksh, and the Expos. of Bd.]) And in the same [xxxiv. 53], وَحِيلَ بَيْنَهُمْ وَ بَيْنَ مَا يَشْتَهُونَ [And an obstacle shall be made to intervene between them and that which they shall eagerly desire]. (TA.) b9: And حال الشَّىْءُ The thing poured out, or forth. (TA.) [See also 4.]

A2: حَوِلَتْ عَيْنُهُ, (S, K,) and حَالَتْ, inf. n. تَحَالُ, (K,) the latter, of the dial. of Temeem, accord. to Lth, (TA,) [but see what follows,] inf. n. حَوَلٌ; (S, M, Mgh, K;) and ↓ احولّت, (S, K,) inf. n. ↓ اِحْوِلَالٌ; (K;) His eye [squinted; i. e.] had the white apparent at the outer angle, and the black next the inner angle: (M, K:) or had the black turning towards the nose: (Lth, M, K:) or had one of the two blacks turned towards the nose, and the other towards the temple: (Mgh:) or had its black next the outer angle: or his eye was as though it looked towards the حِجَاج [or supraorbital bone]: or had the black inclining towards the outer angle: (M, K:) the first of which meanings is that commonly known: but some say that حَالَتْ signifies it was turned from its proper state: or it is anomalous: (TA:) the epithet applied to the man is ↓ أَحْوَلُ, (S, Mgh, K,) and ↓ حَوِلٌ: and that applied to the eye is [the fem. of the former of these, i. e.] ↓ حَوْلَآءُ: (K:) the pl. of which, and of the masc., is حُولٌ. (Har p. 412.) 2 حوّلهُ, inf. n. تَحْوِيلٌ, He altered it, transmuted it, or changed it, whether essentially, or substantially, or in respect of predicament [or state or condition], or by saying; (Er-Rághib, TA:) [as also ↓ احالهُ.] b2: [Hence, He turned it over, or about, in his mind, considering what might be its results, and so managed it; namely, an affair; like قَلَّبَهُ.] You say, رَجُلٌ بَصِيرٌ بِتَحْوِيلِ الأُمُورِ [A man who is knowing, skilful, or intel-ligent, in turning affairs over, or about, in his mind, &c.]. (S, TA.) And رَأْيَهُ فِى الأَمْرِ ↓ احال He altered, or changed, his opinion respecting the thing, or affair. (MA.) b3: He shifted it, removed it, or transferred it, from one place to another: (S, * Mgh, O, Msb, TA:) or حوّلهُ إِلَيْهِ he shifted it, removed it, or transferred it, to it, or him: (K:) and ↓ احالهُ signifies the same. (Msb.) [Hence,] حوّل الرِّدَآءَ, (Msb,) inf. n. as above, (Mgh,) He put the right side of the [garment called] رداء on the left: (Mgh:) or he shifted each extremity of the رداء to the place of the other. (Msb.) b4: He transferred, or transcribed, what was in it, namely, a book, or writing, to another, without doing away with the original form. (TA.) b5: He made it, or pronounced it to be, مُحَال [i. e. absurd, inconsistent, self-contradictory, unreal, or impossible]. (K. [See also 4.]) b6: حوّل عَيْنُهُ: see 4.

A2: See also 5, in two places. b2: حَوَّلَتْ said of a she-camel &c., i. q. حَالَتْ: (K:) see 1.3 حاولهُ, (S, M, K,) inf. n. مُحَاوَلَةٌ (M, K, KL) and حِوَالٌ, (M, K, TA, [in the CK, erroneously, حَوال,]) He desired it: (S, KL:) he sought it: (M, K, KL:) or he sought it by an artful contrivance or device; or by artful, or skilful, management; by turning over, or revolving, thoughts, ideas, schemes, or contrivances, in his mind, so as to find a way of attaining his object; syn. طَلَبَهُ بِحِيلَةٍ, (A,) or بِالْحِيلَةِ. (Har p. 326.) Aboo-Heiyeh En-Numeyree says, وَمَنْ يُحَاوِلُ شَيْئًا فِى فَمِ الأَسَدِ [And who will seek to get a thing in the mouth of the lion?] (Freytag's Arab. Prov. ii. 714.) and one says, حاول مِنْهَا الجِمَاعَ [He desired, or sought, of her, copulation, using blandishment, or artifice, for that purpose]. (T in art. رود, بِكَ أُحَاوِلُ occurring in a trad., means بك أُطَالِبُ [app. By means of Thee I seek, or demand, that which I want]. (Az, M, A, TA.) One says also, حَاوَلْتُهُ

أَنْ يَفْعَلَ الأَمْرَ [I sought, or endeavoured, to induce him to do the thing], and أَنْ يَتْرُكَهُ [to leave it]. (A in art. دور.) And, of water, حاول أَنْ يَجْمُدَ (L and K in art. جمد) (assumed tropical:) It was about to congeal, or freeze; was at the point of congealing, or freezing. (TK in that art.) b2: حَاوَلْتُ لَهُ بَصَرِى

I looked sharply, or intently, at him; I cast my eyes at him. (ISd, K.) 4 احال, as an intrans. v.: see 1, in eighteen places. b2: تَجَنَّبَ رَوْضَةً وَأَحَالَ يَعْدُو [He withdrew from a meadow, and set to running,] is a prov., meaning he forsook abundance of herbage, or of the goods and conveniences and comforts of life, and preferred to it straitness, or difficulty. (S.) b3: احال عَلَيْهِ بِالسَّوْطِ He set upon him with the whip, (S, MA, K,) يَضْرِبُهُ [striking him]: (S:) or he desired to strike him with the whip: or he struck him with the whip: (MA:) and أَحَلْتُهُ بِالسَّوْطِ, and بِالرُّمْحِ, [if احلته be not a mistranscription for أَحَلْتُ عَلَيْهِ, in the MS. from which I take this, as it may be inferred to be from what here precedes and follows,] I aimed at him with the whip, and with the spear, and set upon him with it: whence the saying, of him who has struck one at the point of death, and killed him, يُحِيلُ المَوْتَ عَلَى الضَّرْبِ, i. e. (assumed tropical:) He makes death [as it were] to hang upon, and cleave to, striking; like as the spear is made to cleave to the مُحَال عَلَيْه, who is the person thrust, or pierced. (Msb.) El-Farezdak says, (S, TA,) addressing Hubeyreh Ibn-Damdam, (TA,) وَكُنْتَ كَذِئْبِ السَّوْءِ لَمَّا رَأَى دَمًا بِصَاحِبِهِ يَوْمًا أَحَالَ عَلَى الدَّمِ i. e. [And thou mast like the wicked wolf: when he saw blood upon his companion, one day,] he set upon the blood. (S, TA.) b4: [Hence, perhaps,] حال عَلَيْهِ He reckoned him, or esteemed him, weak. (K.) b5: احال اللَّيْلِ Night poured upon the earth; (K;) and came on. (TA.) [See also 1, last sentence but one.] b6: احال بِفُلَانٍ الخُبْزُ The bread fattened such a one; and in like manner one says of anything by which one becomes fat. (AA, TA.) b7: And احال He did, or said, what was مُحَال [i. e. absurd, inconsistent, self-contradictory, unreal, or impossible]. (S, Sgh, K. *) b8: And His camels did not conceive, or become pregnant, (AA, S, K,) during a year, or two years, or some years, (K,) having been covered. (S.) A2: As a trans. v.: see 2, in three places. b2: احال الغَرِيمَ He referred the creditor, from himself, [for the payment of what was due to him,] to another. (M, K.) and أَحَلْتُهُ بِدَيْنِهِ I transferred his debt [i. e. the debt due to him from me] by making another person than myself responsible for it. (Msb.) and أَحَلْتُ زَيْدًا بِمَا كَانَ لَهُ عَلَىَّ عَلَى رَجُلٍ I referred, or turned over, Zeyd, for the payment of what was due to him from me, to a certain man, transferring the responsibility for the debt to the latter: in which case, I am termed ↓ مُحِيلٌ; and Zeyd is termed ↓ مُحَالٌ; and the other man, عَلَيْهِ ↓ مُحَالٌ, and عليه ↓ مُحْتَالٌ, and ↓ حَوِيلٌ; and the property, بِهِ ↓ مُحَالٌ: (Mgh:) and ↓ حَيِّلٌ, [originally حَوِيلٌ or حَيْوِلٌ,] also, is applied to him to whom the reference is made; and to him who accepts the reference; both together being termed حَيِّلَانِ. (Aboo-Sa'eed, TA.) And you say, احال عَلَيْهِ بِدَيْنِهِ [He referred a person to him for the payment of his debt]. (S.) And احال [alone] He transferred the debt for which he was responsible to the responsibility of another. (Har p. 59.) And أَحَلْتُ الأَمْرَ عَلَى زَيْدٍ [I turned over the affair to Zeyd;] I made the performance of the affair to be required restrictively of Zeyd. (Msb.) b3: احال عَلَيْهِ المَآءَ He poured out the water upon it: (K:) or احال المَآءَ مِنَ الدَّلْوِ he poured forth the water from the bucket, and turned over the latter. (S.) b4: احال اللّٰهُ عَلَيْهِ الحَوْلَ [God made the year to pass over him, or it]: (Lh, TA:) or احال اللّٰه الحَوْلَ God made the year complete. (K, TA.) b5: احال الرَّجُلُ إِبِلَهُ العَامَ [The man made his she-camels to pass the year without becoming pregnant; or] the stallion did not cover the man's she-camels during the year. (Lh, TA.) b6: أَحْوَلَ عَيْنَهُ, (Ks, Lh, S,) or أَحَالَهَا, and ↓ حوّلها, (K,) He made his eye to be حَوْلَآءَ [i. e. squinting, &c.]. (Ks, Lh, S, K.) [See 1, last sentence.] b7: احال كَلَامَهُ He made his speech مُحَال [i. e. absurd, inconsistent, or self-contradictory]. (S. [See also 2.]) A3: مَا أَحْوَلَ حِيلَكَ How fluctuating, and shifting, and varying, are thy evasions, wiles, artifices, or artful contrivances or devices! (Har p. 309.) b2: and مَا أَحْوَلَهُ How surpassing is he in the practice of evasions, shifts, wiles, artifices, or artful contrivances or devices; or in turning over, or revolving, thoughts, ideas, schemes, or contrivances, in his mind, so as to find a way of attaining his object! (Fr, S, K;) as also ما أَحْيَلَهُ. (Fr, S in art. حيل, and K.) 5 تحوّل: see 1, first sentence, in three places. [Hence,] تحوّل مُبْتَدِعًا [He turned innovator]. (O and K in art. بدع.) b2: It shifted, or removed, or went, or became shifted or transferred, (S, Msb, K,) from one place to another, (S,) or from its place; (Msb;) as also ↓ حوّل (S, * Msb, K *) [and حال and استحال, as shown above: see 1, near the beginning.] You say, تحوّل مِنْ مَكَانِهِ It shifted, &c., from its place. (Msb.) And تحوّل عَنْهُ It shifted from it to another. (K.) and تحوّل إِلَى مَكَانٍ آخَرَ i. q. حَالَ, q. v. (S.) and المَجَرَّةُ ↓ حَوَّلَتِ The Milky Way became in the midst of the sky; which it does in the summer, (Sh, K, TA,) when the season of heat comes on. (Sh, TA.) b3: See also 8, in two places.

A2: Also, (S, K,) or تحوّل حَالًا, (TA,) He carried a bundle upon his back. (S, K, TA.) And تحوّل الكِسَآءِ He put a thing in the [garment called] كساء, and then carried it on his back. (M, K.) b2: تحوّلهُ بِالمَوْعِظَةِ He sought to avail himself of the state in which he might be rendered prompt, or willing, to accept admonition. (AA, K.) 8 احتال عَلَيْهِ بِالدَّيْنِ [meaning He was referred, or turned over, to him for the payment of the debt] is from الحَوَالَةُ. (S, TA.) You say, احتال زَيْدٌ بِمَا كَانَ لَهُ عَلَىَّ عَلَى رَجُلٍ Zeyd was referred, or turned over, for the payment of what was due to him from me, to a certain man, to whom the responsibility for the debt was transferred. (Mgh.) b2: احتال said of a year; see 1. b3: احتال (S, MA, Msb, K, KL) and ↓ تحوّل (S, K) and تحيّل (K) signify the same, (S, K,) from الحِيلَةُ [q. v.]; (S;) and ↓ حَالَ, (Ham p. 652,) inf n. مَحَالٌ and حِيلَةٌ, (Ham ib. and K, *) also signifies the same as احتال; (Ham ib.;) which means He practised حِيلَة [i. e. an evasion or elusion, a shift, a wile, an artifice, or an artful contrivance or device, a machination, a trick, a plot, a stratagem, or an expedient, &c.]: (MA, KL:) or he exercised art, artifice, cunning, ingenuity, or shill, and excellence of consideration or deliberation, and ability to manage according to his own free mill, (K, TA,) with subtilty: (TA:) or he sought الحِيلَة i. e. [means of evading, or eluding, a thing, or of effecting an object, by] the exercise of art, artifice, cunning, ingenuity, or skill, in the management of affairs; by the turning over, or revolving, thoughts, ideas, schemes, or contrivances, in his mind, so as to find a way of attaining his object. (Msb.) You say, احتال فِى الأَمْرِ and ↓ تحوّل [&c., He practised an evasion or elusion, &c., in the affair]. (K.) [And احتال عَلَيْهِ He practised an artifice, or an artful contrivance or device, &c., against him. And احتال لِعِيَالِهِ He exercised art, artifice, cunning, ingenuity, or skill, in the management of affairs, for his family, or household.]

A2: اِحْتَوَلُوهُ They encompassed, or surrounded, him; or made him to be in the midst of them. (M, O, K.) 9 احوّلت عَيْنُهُ: see 1, last sentence. b2: [احوّلت الأَرْضُ: see 11.]10 استحال: see 1, in six places. b2: Also It (speech, or language, S, Msb, or a thing, TA) became مُحَال [i. e. absurd, inconsistent, selfcontradictory, unreal, or impossible]. (S, Msb, TA.) A2: استحالهُ He looked at it, (S, M, K,) namely, a شَخْص [i. e. a man, or person, or the figure of a thing seen at a distance], (S,) to see if it moved: (S, M, K:) as though he sought, or desired, its motion and change. (TA.) and استحال الجَهَامَ He looked at [the waterless clouds, or the clouds that had poured forth their water, to see if they changed or moved]. (TA.) b2: He reckoned it مُحَال [i. e. absurd, inconsistent, &c.: see above]. (KL.) 11 احوالّت الأَرْضُ, (K, TA, [in the CK احوّلت,]) inf. n. اِحْوِيلَالٌ, (TA,) (tropical:) The land became green, and its herbage stood erect, or became strong and erect. (K, TA.) [See حُوَلَآءُ.]

حَالٌ The state, condition, or case, (صِفَة,) of a thing; [considered as subject to change;] (Msb, Er-Rághib, TA;) as also ↓ حَالَةٌ: (Msb:) or the quality, or manner of being, and state, or condition, of a man, (K, TA,) in respect of good or evil; (TA;) as also ↓ حَالَةٌ: (K:) or the particular case, or predicament, of a man &c., in respect of changing events, in the soul and the body and the acquisitions: (Er-Rághib, TA:) and in the coventional language of the logicians, a fleeting, or quickly-transient, quality, such as accidental heat and cold and moisture and dryness; as also ↓ حَالَةٌ: (TA:) anything changing: (Ham p. 288:) the time in which one is; (Lth, K;) [the present time;] the end of the past, and the beginning of the future: and as a conventional term, [in grammar, the present tense: and (tropical:) the future: and also] a denotative of state of the agent or of the objective complement; [the former termed حَالٌ مِنَ الفَاعِلِ; and the latter, حَالٌ مِنَ المَفْعُولِ; and each said to be مَنْصُوبٌ عَلَى الحَالِ, i. e. put in the accus. case as a denotative of state, unless expressed by a complete proposition;] as [قَائِمًا] in the phrase زَيْدٌ فِى

الدَّارَ قَائِمًا [Zeyd is in the house, standing], and in ضَرَبْتُ زَيْدًا قَائِمًا [I beat Zeyd standing]: (Ibn-El-Kemál, TA:) it is fem., like حَالَةٌ; (Msb;) and mase. ; (Msb, K;) but mostly fem.: (TA:) the pl. is أَحْوَالٌ and أَحْوِلَةٌ, (K,) [both properly pls. of pauc., but the former often used as a pl. of mult., and often signifying circumstances,] the latter anomalous: (TA:) the pl. of ↓ حَالَةٌ is حَالَاتٌ: (TA:) or ↓ حالة is the n. un. or sing. of حَالٌ and أَحْوَالٌ [and حَالَاتٌ], used in relation to a man. (S, O.) You say حَالٌ حَسَنٌ and حَسَنَةٌ [A good state or condition &c.; as also ↓ حَالَةٌ حَسَنَةٌ]. (Msb.) And الدَّهْرِ ↓ حَالَاتُ and أَحْوَالُهُ The changes, or vicissitudes, of time or fortune. (K.) [And اِفْعَلْهُ حَالًا and فِى الحَالِ Do thou it now, or immediately. And عَلَى كُلِّ حَالٍ In any case: a phrase of frequent occurrence. The phrase قَالَ لِسَانُ الحَالِ (assumed tropical:) The tongue of the case said, (often used by late writers,) means the case seemed to say.]

A2: A load, or burden: (Ham p. 299:) [whence, perhaps, خَفِيفُ الحَالِ (which see in what follows) as meaning (assumed tropical:) having a small family to maintain:] and hence, (Ham ib.,) a bundle, or bundle of clothes, (كَارَةٌ,) which is carried on the back (S, Ham ib.) by a man: (S:) or a thing that a man carries on his back, (ISd, O, K,) whatever it be. (ISd, TA.) b2: A [garment of the kind called] كِسَآء in which one collects, or seeks and collects, dry herbage: (O, K:) or a garment, or piece of stuff, of which two ends are tied in a knot behind the flanks, and the other two ends over the head; in which one collects dry herbage; also called شُكْبَانٌ. (TA in art. شكب.) A3: A child's go-cart, by means of which he practises walking; (S, K *, TA;) resembling a small عَجَلَة; (S;) also called دَرَّاجَةٌ [q. v.]. (S, TA.) A4: The part of a horse that is the place of the لِبْد [or saddle-cloth]: or the line along the middle of the back: (K, TA:) or حَالُ مَتْنِ الفَرَسِ signifies the middle of the back of the horse; the place of the لِبْدِ. (S.) [See also its syn. حَاذٌ.] خَفِيفُ الحَالِ signifies the the same as خَفِيفُ الحَاذِ, (A in art. حوذ,) which means (tropical:) A man light of back; (S, A, L, Msb, all in art. حوذ;) i. e. having little property: and also having a small family to maintain; (L in that art. ;) or having little property and a small family to maintain; (L and K in that art. ;) like خَفِيفُ الظَّهْرِ. (A, L, Msb, all in that art.) A5: Black mud: (S, K:) from حَالَ “ it became altered, or changed. ” (TA.) It is said in a trad. that the حال of El-Kowthar is musk: (TA:) and in another, that Gabriel took of the حال of the river [Nile] and put it into the mouth of Pharaoh; (S, TA;) but here it has the meaning next following. (TA.) Black fetid mud; syn. حَمْأَةٌ. (K, and Ham p. 288.) And Soft earth. (K, and Ham ib.) b2: And hence, (tropical:) Weakness, and softness. (Ham ib.) b3: Stinking flesh-meat. (Ham ib.) b4: Hot ashes (IAar, K, and Ham ib.) b5: The leaves of the سَمُر [acacia, or mimosa, gummifera,] beaten and shaken off into a garment, or piece of cloth. (K.) b6: Milk. (M, K.) A6: In the dial. of Hudheyl, (IAar, TA,) A wife. (IAar, K.) حَوْلٌ A year; (S Msb, K, Er-Rághib, &c. ;) so termed in consideration of its changing, and of the revolution of the sun in its places of rising and setting; (Er-Rághib, TA;) or as being the period in which [certain] plants attain their complete strength: (El-Harállee, TA:) and even if it has not passed; because it will be [properly speaking] a حَوْل: an inf. n. used as a simple subst.: (Msb:) pl. [of pauc., but also used as a pl. of mult.,] أَحْوَالٌ (M, Msb, K) and [of mult.] حُؤُولٌ and حُوُولٌ, (M, K,) the former with ء and the latter with و. (TA.) A2: Strength, power, might, or force; syn. قُوَّةٌ; (S, TA;) as also ↓ حِيلَةٌ [originally حِوْلَةٌ] (TA) and ↓ حَوْلَةٌ, (K, TA,) or this last is a n. un. from حَوْلٌ: (TA:) it is in the soul and the body and the acquisitions: and hence the saying, in a trad., لَا حَوْلَ وَ لَا قُوَّةَ إِلَّا بِاللّٰهِ العَلِىِّ العَظِيمِ [There is no strength nor power but in, or by means of, God, the High, the Great]: (Er-Rághib, TA:) or it here signifies motion; [see also حَوْلَةٌ;] and the meaning is, there is no motion nor power, or ability, but by the will of God: (AHeyth, TA:) or, as some say, the meaning is, there is no حول [i. e. changing, or turning, or receding,] from disobedience, nor قوّة [i. e. power] to obey, but by the accommodating, or disposing, of God. (Msb.) b2: See also حِيلَةٌ.

A3: حَوْلُ شَىْءِ The lateral, or adjacent, part to which a thing may shift, or remove: (Er-Rághib, TA:) or the environs [of a thing]. (Msb.) You say, قَعَدُوا حَوْلَهُ, (S, K, *) or قَعَدْنَا حَوْلَهُ, the noun being in the accus. case as an adv. n. of place, i. e., [They sat, or we sat, around him, or it, or] in his, or its, environs; (Msb;) and ↓ حَوَالَهُ, and حَوْلَيْهِ, (S, K,) dual of حَوْل, (TA,) and ↓ حَوَالَيْهِ, (S, Msb, K,) dual of حَوَال, (TA,) and أَحْوَالَهُ, (ISd, K,) pl. of حَوْل, and used to give intensiveness to the meaning: (ISd, TA:) but you should not say حَوَالِيهِ. (S, Sgh.) And وَلَا عَلَيْنَا ↓ اَللّٰهُمَّ حَوَالَيْنَا [O God, be Thou around us as our protector, and not against us,] occurs in a trad. respecting prayer. (TA.) It is said, in the Expos. of the exs. cited as testimonies by Sb, that one sometimes says ↓ حَوَالَيْكَ and حَوْلَيْكَ, meaning Around thee, in every direction; dividing the surrounding parts into two; like as one says, أَحَاطُوا بِهِ مِنْ جَانِبَيْهِ, not meaning that any of the surrounding parts remained vacant. (TA.) [See also an ex. voce دَنْدَنَ.]

حَوَلٌ inf. n. of حَوِلَتْ عَيْنُهُ. (S, K. [See 1, last sentence.]) A2: See also حَائِلٌ.

حَوِلٌ: see حُوَّلٌ: b2: and see also 1, last sentence.

حُوَلٌ: see حُوَّلٌ: b2: and حَائِلٌ: b3: and حِيَالٌ.

حِوَلٌ Removal from one place to another, in a passive sense; a subst. from تَحَوَّلَ: (S, O, K:) and in an active sense; a subst. from حَوَّلَهُ; (K;) accord. to ISd, it is the latter [only]; (TA;) as also ↓ حَوِيلٌ. (K.) Hence, in the Kur [xviii. 108], لَا يَبْغُونَ عَنْهَا حَوْلًا [They shall not desire removal from it]

حَوُلَ (S, M, O, K:) or, as some say, it here means ↓ حِيلَةً; i. e. they shall not [desire to] practise, or seek to practise, any evasion from it to another abode. (TA.) b2: See also حِيَلةٌ [of which it is said to be both a syn. and a pl.]. b3: And see حُولَةٌ.

A2: Also A furrow, or trench, in the ground, in which palm-trees are planted in a row. (ISd, K.) حَالَةٌ; pl. حَالَاتٌ: see حَالٌ, in seven places.

حَوْلَةٌ Motion, or removal, (تَحَرُّكٌ or تَحَوُّلٌ, accord. to different copies of the K, the former being the reading in the TA,) and change of state. (K.) [See also حَوْلٌ. And see حَالَ عَلَى الفَرَسِ, of which it is the inf. n.] b2: See also حِيلَةٌ. b3: And see حَوْلٌ, as meaning قُوَّةٌ.

حُولَةٌ: see حُوَّلٌ: b2: and حِيلَةٌ. b3: Also A wonder, or wonderful thing; pl. حُولٌ. (K: [but probably this should be حُوَلٌ, as below.]) b4: [It is also used as a pl., signifying Wonders.] Yousay, هٰذَا مِنْ حُولَةِ الدَّهِْ This is of the wonders of the age, or of time, or fortune; as also من ↓ حَوَلَانِهِ, and ↓ حِوَلِهِ [pl. of ↓ حِيلَةٌ], and ↓ حُوَلَائِهِ. (K, TA: the last, in one copy of the K, ↓ حُوَلَانِهِ, and in the CK ↓ حُوْلانهِ.) b5: An evil, or abominable, event or accident; (K, * TA;) a calamity, or misfortune: pl. حُوَلٌ: as in the saying, هُوَ حُولَةٌ مِنَ الحُوَلِ It is a calamity of calamities. (S, TA.) It is also used as an epithet; so that one says, جَآءَ بِأَمْرٍ حُولَةٍ [He did, or brought to pass, an evil, or abominable, thing]. (M, TA.) حِيلَةٌ, (S, M, Msb, K, &c.,) originally حِوْلَةٌ, (Er-Rághib, TA,) [said to be an inf. n., (see 8,)] and ↓ حَوْلٌ (S, M, K) and حَيْلٌ and ↓ حِوَلٌ, (M, K,) which is also a pl. of the first, (K,) and ↓ حَوْلَةٌ (K) and ↓ حُولَةٌ (Ks, TA) and ↓ حَوِيلٌ (M, K) and ↓ حَائِلَةٌ (Ham p. 652) and ↓ مَحَالَةٌ (S, K) and ↓ مَحَالٌ, (M, K,) [said to be an inf. n., (see 8,)] and ↓ مَحِيلَةٌ, (Sgh, TA,) i. q. اِحْتِيَالٌ and تَحَوُّلٌ and تَحَيُّلٌ; (M, K; [see 8;]) [or A mode, or manner, of changing from one state to another, or of shifting from one thing to another; حِيلَةٌ being of the measure فِعْلَةٌ from حَالَ, like جِلْسَةٌ &c. from جَلَسَ &c.; or from تَحَوُّلٌ as syn. with حَالَ; (see what follows;) a mode, or means, of evading or eluding a thing, or of effecting an object; an evasion or elusion, a shift, a wile, an artifice, or artful contrivance or device, a machination, a trick, a plot, a stratagem, or an expedient;] a means of effecting one's transition from that which he dislikes to that which he likes; (KT, in explanation of the first word;) art, artifice, cunning, ingenuity, or skill, (Msb, K,) in the management of affairs; i. e. the turning over, or revolving, thoughts, ideas, schemes, or contrivances, in the mind, so as to find a way of attaining one's object; (Msb;) and excellence of consideration or deliberation; and ability to manage according to one's own free will, (K, TA,) with subtilty: (TA:) accord. to Er-Rághib, حِيلَةٌ signifies a means of attaining to some state concealedly; and it is mostly used of that in which is sin, or offence, or disobedience; but sometimes of that in the exercise of which is wisdom; and hence God is described as شَدِيدُ

↓ المَحَالِ, meaning strong in attaining, concealedly from men, to that in which is wisdom: accord. to Abu-l-Bakà, it is from التَّحَوُّلُ; because by it one shifts from one state to another, by a species of forecast, and gentleness, or delicacy, so as to change a thing from its outward appearance: (TA:) the pl. of حِيلَةٌ is حِوَلٌ and حِيَلٌ [which latter is the most common form, and also, as well as حِوَلٌ, said to be syn. with the sing.,] and حِيلَاتٌ. (K.) One says, لَا حِيلَةَ لَهُ [He has no mode, or means, of evading &c.]. (TA.) [and مَا بِيَدِى حِيلَةٌ I have no mode, or means, of evading &c.]. And ↓ المَرْءُ يَعْجِزُ لَا مَحَالَةَ [Man becomes impotent: there is no avoiding it]. (S.) مِنْهُ ↓ لَا مَحَالَةَ means لَا بُدَّ [There is no avoiding it, or escaping it]. (S, * K.) One says, المَوْتُ آتٍ

↓ لَا مَحَالَةَ [Death comes: there is no avoiding it]. (S.) See also حِوَلٌ. b2: And see حُولَةٌ: b3: and حَوْلٌ. b4: [عِلْمُ الحِيَلِ The science of mechanics.]

حُوَلَةٌ: see حُوَّلٌ, in two places.

حَوْلِىٌّ A solid-hoofed animal in his first year: (S, O:) or a solid-hoofed animal, &c., a year old; a yearling: (K:) it is applied in this sense to a camel: and also to a plant: (TA:) and so ↓ مُحْوِلٌ and ↓ مُحِيلٌ applied to wheat, or food, &c.: (S, O:) and ↓ مُحْوِلٌ applied to a boychild: (K:) or, as some say, this signifies in the state of childhood; not limited to a year old: (TA:) the fem. of حَوْلِىٌّ is حَوْلِيَّةٌ: pl. [masc. حَوَالِىٌّ; and] fem. حَوْلِيَّاتٌ. (S, K.) حَوْلِىٌّ الغَضَا Young trees of the kind called غَضًا. (TA.) حِيَلِىٌّ: see حُوَّلٌ.

حُوَلَآءُ and حِوَلَآءُ, the latter like عِنَبَآءُ and سِيَرَآءُ, which are the only other words of this measure, (S, K,) accord. to Kh, (S,) [The membrane that encloses the she-camel's fœtus in the womb;] to the she-camel, like the مَشِيمَة (K, TA) to the woman; (TA;) i. e., (K,) a skin (S, K) of a dark, or an ashy, dust-colour (خَضْرَآء), full of water, (K,) which comes forth with the fœtus, containing أَغْرَاس [pl. of غِرْس, q. v.], and having lines, or streaks, which are red, and of a dark, or an ashy, dust-colour (خُضْر): (S, K:) or it comes forth after the fœtus, in the first سَلَى; and is the first thing that comes forth therefrom: so says ISk: and the word is sometimes used in relation to a woman: (TA:) or, accord. to Az, the water that comes forth upon the head of the fœtus, [i. e.] at the birth: (S:) or a membrane like a large bucket, which is full of water, and bursts when it falls upon the ground: then comes forth the سَلَى; and a day, or two days, after that, the صَآءَة. (TA.) Hence the saying, نَزَلُوا فِى مِثْلِ حُوَلاءِ النَّاقَةِ, (K,) and فى مثل حولاء السَّلَى, (TA,) (tropical:) They alighted amid abundance of water and green herbage. (K, * TA.) and رَأَيْتُ أَرْضًا مِثْلَ الحولاءِ (tropical:) I saw land having dark green herbage. (TA.) A2: See also حُولَةٌ.

حَوَلَان and حُوَلَان and حُوْلَان: see حُولَةٌ.

حُولَلٌ: see حَائِلٌ, in four places.

حَوَلْوَلٌ: see حُوَّلٌ, in two places.

حَوَالٌ The changing, or varying, of time, or fortune. (K.) A2: حَوَالَهُ, and حَوَالَيْهِ, and حَوَالَيْنَا, and حَوَالَيْكَ: see حَوْلٌ.

حِوَالٌ: see حَائِلٌ, in two places.

حِيَالٌ [in the CK, erroneously, حَيال] The front of a thing, as meaning the part, place, or location, that is over against, opposite, facing, fronting, or in front; syn. قُبَالَةٌ. (K, and Mgh in art. حيل.) You say, قُمْتُ حِيَالَهُ I stood in front of him; in the part, place, or location, that was over against him, opposite to him, &c.; syn. قُبَالَتَهُ. (Msb in art. حيل.) And قَعَدَ حِيَالَةٌ and بِحِيَالِهِ He sat in front of him, over against him, opposite to him, facing or fronting him; syn. بِإِزَائِهِ. (S, K.) And هٰذَا حِيَالَ كَلِمَتِكَ This is opposite to thy saying; syn. مُقَابَلَةَ; in the accus. case, as an adv. n. of place: thus related by IAar from the Arabs: but one may also say حِيَالُ كَلِمَتِكَ [the opposite of thy saying], making the phrase to consist of an inchoative and an enunciative: so says ISd. (TA.) It is originally with و [in the place of the ى]. (S, O.) b2: عَلَى حِيَالِهِ [By himself or itself; independently]. You say, أَعْطِ كُلَّ وَاحِدٍ مِنْهُمْ عَلَى

حِيَالَهُ Give thou to every one of them by himself; syn. على حِدَتِهِ; (S in art. وحد;) or بِانْفِرَادِهِ. (Mgh in art. حيل.) And فَعَلْتُ كُلَّ شَىْءٍ عَلَى

حِيَالِهِ I did everything by itself; syn. بِانْفِرَادِهِ. (Msb in art. حيل.) A2: Also A string that is tied from the camel's بِطَان [or belly-girth] to his حَقَب [or hind girth], to prevent the حَقَب from going against the sheath of his penis: (K:) so, too, in the M: but in the O, as on the authority of AA, ↓ حُوَلٌ, like صُرَدٌ, signifies the string that is between the حَقَب and the بِطَان. (TA.) حَوِيلٌ: see 4, in the latter half of the paragraph. b2: [Hence,] One who is responsible, or answerable. (K.) b3: And A witness. (K.) A2: See also حِوَلٌ: b2: and حِيلَةٌ. b3: Also [Desire: or a seeking: or a seeking by an artful contrivance or device, or by artful or skilful management, to find a way of attaining an object:] a subst. from حَاوَلَهُ. (S, O, K.) حَوَالَةٌ The effecting a transition of one river, or rivulet, to another. (M, K.) [This is what is meant by the حوالة in المُزَارَعَة, mentioned in the Mgh, as “ customary in the cases of certain plants, as rice, and the بَاذِنْجَان, and in planting. ”] b2: The transfer of a claim, or of a debt, by shifting the responsibility from one person to another: (Mgh:) the transfer of a debt by shifting the responsibility of him who transfers it to him to whom it is transferred: (KT:) [a reference made by a debtor, of his creditor, to a debtor of the former, for the payment of what is owed by the former to the latter: an order for the payment of a debt, or of a sum of money, given by one person, upon another, to a third person: so in the present day:] a subst. (S, K) from أَحَالِ عَلَيْهِ بِدَيْنِهِ, (S,) or from أَحَلْتُهُ بِدَيْنِهِ, (Msb,) or from أَحَالَ الغَرِيمَ. (K.) [See 4.] b3: A responsibility; accountableness. (K.) حَوَالِىٌّ and حُوَالِىٌّ: see the next paragraph.

حُوَّلٌ, applied to a man, signifies بَصِيرُ بِتَحْوِيلِ الأُمُورِ [i. e. Knowing, skilful, or intelligent, in turning affairs over, or about, in his mind, considering what may be their results, and so managing them]; (S, TA;) as also حُوَّلٌ قُلَّبٌ, (TA, and so in copies of the S,) and قُلَّبٌ ↓ حُوَّلِىٌّ, (TA, and so in a copy of the S,) and قُلَّبِىٌّ ↓ حُوَّلِىٌّ, and ↓ حَوَّالٌ; (TA;) and ↓ حُوَلَةٌ signifies ↓ مُحْتَالٌ [i. e. one who exercises art, artifice, cunning, ingenuity, or skill, and excellence of consideration or deliberation, and ability to manage according to his own free will, with subtilty; &c.; see the verb (8) of which مُحْتَالٌ is the part. n.]: (S:) or حُوَّلٌ and ↓ حُوَلٌ and ↓ حُوَلَةٌ and ↓ حُوْلَةٌ and ↓ حُوَّلِىٌّ, [in the CK, erroneously, حَوْلٰى,] like سُكَّرِىٌّ, [in the CK like سَكْرىٰ,] and ↓ حَالِىٌّ and ↓ حُوَالِىٌّ and ↓ حَوَلْوَلٌ, signify شَدِيدُ الاِحْتِيَالِ [i. e. one who exercises great art, artifice, &c.]: (Sgh, K:) all of these forms are mentioned by ISd, except حُوْلَةٌ and حُوَّلِىٌّ: (TA:) accord. to some, قُلَّبٌ حُوَّلٌ signifies experienced, or expert, in affairs; or one who has been tried, or proved, and strengthened by experience in affairs: (Har p. 312:) and ↓ حَوِلٌ signifies the same as حُوَّلٌ; (Ham p. 34;) having much حِيلَة [i. e. art, artifice, &c.]: accord. to analogy, it should be [حَالٌ,] like مَالٌ and صَاتٌ as epithets applied to a man: (Idem pp. 530 and 531:) حَيَّالٌ, also, [in like manner,] signifies صَاحِبُ حِيلَةٍ [i. e. one who exercises art, artifice, &c., as above]; and so ↓ حِيَلِىٌّ [from حِيَلٌ, pl. of, or syn. with, حِيلَةٌ]: (TA:) and ↓ حَوْلْوَلٌ [mentioned above (in the CK, erroneously, in this instance, حَواوِل)] signifies also cunning, or intelligent, or skilful and knowing; and quick and sharp or vigorous or effective; syn. مُنْكَرٌ كَمِيشٌ; (K, TA;) applied to a man. (TA.) حَيِّلٌ: see 4, in the latter half of the paragraph.

حُوَّلِىٌّ: see حُوَّلٌ, in three places.

حَوَّالٌ: see حُوَّلٌ.

حَائِلٌ Altering, or being transmuted, or changing; or altered, or transmuted, or changed; [in any manner; and particularly] in colour; (K, TA;) and becoming, or become, black; applied to a bone, and any other thing. (TA.) b2: Anything [shifting, or moving, or] that has shifted, or moved, in فِى [app. a mistranscription for مِنْ from]) its place. (TA.) b3: A she-camel, and any female, not conceiving, or not becoming pregnant, during a year, (M, K,) or two years, (K,) or some years: (M, K:) or a she-camel not pregnant (S, Msb, K) after having been covered by the stallion; (S, K;) because denoting a change from what is usual; (Er-Rághib, TA;) and in like manner applied to a ewe, or she-goat; (TA;) and to a woman: (Msb:) pl. حِيَالٌ and حُولٌ (S, K) and حُوَّلٌ, (K,) and ↓ حُولَلٌ (M, K) is a quasi-pl. n.: (M, TA:) [whence,] حَائِلُ حُولٍ and ↓ حُولَلٌ used as intensive epithets: or حَائِلٌ signifies not conceiving in one year, (K, TA,) when she has been covered: (TA:) and حَائِلُ حُولٍ and ↓ حُولَلٍ, not conceiving during two years; (K;) not conceiving in the first year after having been covered, nor in the next following year; like عَائِطُ عُوطٍ and عِيطٍ and عُوطَطٍ: (S in art. عوط:) one says also, لَقِحَتْ عَلَى حُولٍ and ↓ حُولَلٍ [app. meaning She conceived after having failed to do so for two years; for it seems that in this case حول and حولل are inf. ns., or that the latter is a subst. having the sense of an inf. n.: see 1, and see also عُوطَطٌ]: (TA:) and ↓ مُحَوِّلٌ signifies the same as حَائِلٌ. (K.) Also A palm-tree (Msb, K) that bears one year, and not another year: (K:) or not bearing. (Msb.) b4: The female young one of a camel, at the time of her birth: the male is termed سَقْبٌ: (S, K:) pl. حُولٌ and حَوَائِلُ. (TA.) One says, نُتِجَتِ النَّاقَةُ حَائِلًا حَسَنَةً [The she-camel brought forth a beautiful female young one]. (S.) And لَا أَفْعَلُ ذَاكَ مَا أَرْزَمَتْ أُمُّ حَائِلٍ

[I will not do that as long as a mother of a female young camel utters her gentle yearning cry]. (S.) A2: Also, (Lth, Mgh, O, TA,) and ↓ حِوَالٌ (Lth, K) and ↓ حُوَلٌ and ↓ حَوَلٌ, (K,) A thing that intervenes as a separation, a partition, a fence, a barrier, or an obstacle, or obstruction, between two other things. (Lth, Mgh, * O, K.) One says, بَيْنَهُمَا ↓ هٰذَا حِوَالٌ, i. e. حَائِلٌ [This is a thing intervening as a separation, &c., between them two]; like حِجَازٌ and حَاجِزٌ. (Lth, O, TA.) حَائِلَةٌ: see حِيَلةٌ.

أَحْوَلُ; and its fem. حَوْلَآءُ: see 1, last sentence. b2: أَحْوَلُ مِنْ بَوْلِ الجَمَلِ [More wry than the urine of the he-camel]: because it does not come forth straight, but [backwards, and] inclining to one side: a prov. (TA.) b3: هُوَ أَحْوَلُ مِنْكَ He is one who has more حِيلَة [meaning art, artifice, cunning, ingenuity, or skill, in the management of affairs, &c.,] than thou; (Fr, S, K;) as also ↓ أَحْيَلُ. (K.) And النَّاسِ ↓ هُوَ أَحْيَلُ [He is the most artful, cunning, ingenious, or skilful, of men]; originally أَحْوَلُ. (MF in art. رود: see أَرْوَدُ.) أَحْيَلُ: see the next preceding paragraph, in two places.

تَحَاوِيلُ الأَرْضِ means أَنْ تُخْطِئَ حَوْلًا وَتُصِيبَ حَوْلًا, (O, K,) i. e. The leaving the land unsown one year, and sowing it another year: whereby the land is strengthened. (TK.) مَحَالٌ: see حِيلَةٌ, in two places: b2: and see also مَحَالَةٌ, in three places.

مُحَالٌ; and مُحَالٌ عَلَيْهِ; and مُحَالٌ بِهِ: see 4, in the latter half of the paragraph. b2: مُحَالٌ also signifies [Absurd; inconsistent; self-contradictory;] comprising two contradictories; as when one speaks of one body in two places in one case [or time]: (Er-Rághib, TA:) that cannot be conceived as existing in reality: (TA:) i. q. بَاطِلٌ [as meaning untrue, or unreal]; (Msb, TA;) impossible; that cannot be: (Msb:) perverted; turned from its proper way or manner of being; (K;) applied to speech; (S, K;) as also ↓ مُسْتَحِيلٌ. (K.) مُحْوِلٌ: see مُحِيلٌ: b2: and see also حَوْلِىٌّ, in two places.

مُحِيلٌ: see 4, in the latter half of the paragraph. b2: Also A woman that brings forth a boy next after a girl; or the reverse: and in like manner applied to a she-camel; as also ↓ مُحْوِلٌ and ↓ مُحَوِّلٌ: (Ks, Sgh, K:) and accord. to some, ↓ مُتَحَوِّلٌ [if not a mistranscription for مُحْوِلٌ or مُحَوِّلٌ] signifies a she-camel that brings forth one year a male, and another year a female. (TA.) b3: See also حَوْلِىٌّ.

مَحَالَةٌ: see حِيلَةٌ, in four places. b2: Also A machine (مَنْجَنُون, Lth, K) over which [passes the rope whereby] water is drawn: (Lth, TA:) and, (K,) or as some say, (TA,) a great بَكْرَة [or sheave of a pulley], (S in art. محل, and K,) by means of which camels draw water: (S ubi suprà and TA:) [see سَانِيَةٌ:] pl. مَحَاوِلُ and [coll. gen. n.] ↓ مَحَالٌ. (K.) b3: The vertebræ; as also ↓ مَحَالٌ: (K: [in the CK, الفَقَارِ is erroneously put for الفَقَارُ:]) or the latter has this meaning; and the former signifies a single vertebra: and the م may be radical: (M, TA:) pl. مَحَالَاتٌ. (T in art. ملح.) b4: The middle (وَاسِط, as in the M and O; in the K, erroneously, وَاسِطَة, TA) of the back; (M, O, K;) as also ↓ مَحَالٌ: but accord. to some, the م is radical. (TA.) مَحِيلَةٌ: see حِيلَةٌ.

مُحَوِّلٌ: see حَائِلٌ: b2: and مُحِيلٌ.

مِحْوَالٌ A man who says much that is مُحَال [or absurd, inconsistent, self-contradictory, unreal, or impossible]. (Lth, K. *) مُحْتَالٌ: see 4, in the latter half of the paragraph. b2: أَرْضٌ مُحْتَالَةٌ (tropical:) Land upon which rain has not fallen. (TA.) b3: See also حُوَّلٌ.

مُتَحَوَّلٌ [pass. part. n. of تَحَوَّلَهُ.

A2: Also] an inf. n. of تَحَوَّلَ. (Ham p. 503.) A3: And A place to which one shifts, removes, or becomes transferred. (Idem ib.) مُتَحَوِّلٌ: see مُحِيلٌ.

رِجْلٌ مُسْتَحَالَةٌ A leg that is crooked in the two extremities of its shank. (M, O, TA.) In the K, رَجُلٌ is erroneously put for رِجْلٌ, and سَاقَيْهِ for سَاقِهَا. (TA.) And ↓ قَوْسٌ مُسْتَحِيلَةٌ (S, K) and مُسْتَحَالَةٌ (K) A bow that is crooked (S, K, TA) in the portion between the part grasped by the hand and the curved extremity, or in its curved extremity. (TA.) And ↓ أَرْضٌ مُسْتَحِيلَةٌ Uneven ground: (S, TA:) or i. q. مُسْتَحَالَةٌ, (K,) which means land that has been left [unsown, or uncultivated,] a year, or years. (M, K.) مُسْتَحِيلٌ; fem. with ة: see the paragraph next preceding, in two places: b2: and see also مُحَالٌ.

A2: Also Full. (K.)
Twitter/X
Learn Quranic Arabic from scratch with our innovative book! (written by the creator of this website)
Available in both paperback and Kindle formats.